Mercurial > vim
annotate src/screen.c @ 2375:a96dd77ce213 vim73
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
replacement character for both.
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Thu, 22 Jul 2010 22:16:29 +0200 |
| parents | 151b037b7e74 |
| children | 85b7dc8da5eb |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen | |
| 12 * | |
| 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized | |
| 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts | |
| 15 * that changed. | |
| 16 * | |
| 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently | |
| 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). | |
| 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. | |
| 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] | |
| 21 * for each line. | |
| 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. | |
| 23 * | |
| 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form | |
| 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. | |
| 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in | |
| 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. |
| 714 | 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. |
| 7 | 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the |
| 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). | |
| 35 * | |
| 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating | |
| 37 * ScreenLines[]. | |
| 38 * | |
| 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. | |
| 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be | |
| 1213 | 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. |
| 7 | 42 * |
| 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: | |
| 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) | |
| 45 * - w_topfill (filler line above the first line) | |
| 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), | |
| 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) | |
| 48 * | |
| 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take | |
| 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is | |
| 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. | |
| 52 * | |
| 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call | |
| 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and | |
| 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() | |
| 56 * later. | |
| 57 * | |
| 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or | |
| 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating | |
| 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each | |
| 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change | |
| 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for | |
| 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. | |
| 64 * | |
| 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or | |
| 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold | |
| 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window | |
| 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
| 69 * | |
| 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') | |
| 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the | |
| 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
| 73 * | |
| 743 | 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call |
| 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling | |
| 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not | |
| 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. | |
| 78 * | |
| 7 | 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). |
| 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. | |
| 81 * | |
| 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call | |
| 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). | |
| 84 * | |
| 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: | |
| 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and | |
| 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. | |
| 88 */ | |
| 89 | |
| 90 #include "vim.h" | |
| 91 | |
| 92 /* | |
| 93 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. | |
| 94 */ | |
| 95 static int screen_attr = 0; | |
| 96 | |
| 97 /* | |
| 98 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. | |
| 99 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). | |
| 100 */ | |
| 101 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ | |
| 102 | |
| 103 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 104 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ | |
| 105 #endif | |
| 106 | |
| 107 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 108 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ | |
| 109 #endif | |
| 110 | |
| 111 /* | |
| 112 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). | |
| 113 */ | |
| 114 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; | |
| 115 | |
| 116 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 534 | 117 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl)); |
| 7 | 118 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 119 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row)); | |
| 120 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 121 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr)); | |
| 122 #endif | |
| 625 | 123 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange)); |
| 7 | 124 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols)); |
| 125 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 126 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag)); | |
| 127 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl)) | |
| 128 #else | |
| 129 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width)); | |
| 130 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c)) | |
| 131 #endif | |
| 132 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 133 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row)); | |
| 134 #endif | |
| 680 | 135 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
| 1983 | 136 static void redraw_custom_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
| 680 | 137 #endif |
| 7 | 138 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 1326 | 139 #define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 |
| 7 | 140 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void)); |
| 141 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void)); | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
142 static void init_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
| 7 | 143 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum)); |
| 144 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol)); | |
| 145 #endif | |
| 146 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr)); | |
| 147 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
| 148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 149 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
| 150 #endif | |
| 151 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void)); | |
| 152 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
| 153 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
| 154 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 155 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp)); | |
| 156 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp)); | |
| 157 #endif | |
| 158 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del)); | |
| 159 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 160 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void)); | |
| 667 | 161 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 677 | 162 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void)); |
| 667 | 163 #endif |
| 7 | 164 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 165 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin)); | |
| 166 #endif | |
| 167 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 168 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr)); | |
| 169 #endif | |
| 170 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 574 | 171 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler)); |
| 7 | 172 #endif |
| 173 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 174 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always)); | |
| 175 #endif | |
| 176 | |
| 177 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 178 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ | |
| 179 static int screen_char_attr = 0; | |
| 180 #endif | |
| 181 | |
| 182 /* | |
| 183 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). | |
| 184 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. | |
| 185 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. | |
| 186 */ | |
| 187 void | |
| 188 redraw_later(type) | |
| 189 int type; | |
| 190 { | |
| 191 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); | |
| 192 } | |
| 193 | |
| 194 void | |
| 195 redraw_win_later(wp, type) | |
| 196 win_T *wp; | |
| 197 int type; | |
| 198 { | |
| 199 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) | |
| 200 { | |
| 201 wp->w_redr_type = type; | |
| 202 if (type >= NOT_VALID) | |
| 203 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 204 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ | |
| 205 must_redraw = type; | |
| 206 } | |
| 207 } | |
| 208 | |
| 209 /* | |
| 210 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used | |
| 211 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. | |
| 212 */ | |
| 213 void | |
| 214 redraw_later_clear() | |
| 215 { | |
| 216 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); | |
| 826 | 217 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 218 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 219 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in | |
| 220 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ | |
| 221 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; | |
| 222 else | |
| 223 #endif | |
| 224 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ | |
| 225 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE; | |
| 7 | 226 } |
| 227 | |
| 228 /* | |
| 229 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. | |
| 230 */ | |
| 231 void | |
| 232 redraw_all_later(type) | |
| 233 int type; | |
| 234 { | |
| 235 win_T *wp; | |
| 236 | |
| 237 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 238 { | |
| 239 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
| 240 } | |
| 241 } | |
| 242 | |
| 243 /* | |
| 301 | 244 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. |
| 7 | 245 */ |
| 246 void | |
| 247 redraw_curbuf_later(type) | |
| 248 int type; | |
| 249 { | |
| 250 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); | |
| 251 } | |
| 252 | |
| 253 void | |
| 254 redraw_buf_later(buf, type) | |
| 255 buf_T *buf; | |
| 256 int type; | |
| 257 { | |
| 258 win_T *wp; | |
| 259 | |
| 260 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 261 { | |
| 262 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) | |
| 263 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
| 264 } | |
| 265 } | |
| 266 | |
| 267 /* | |
| 268 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that | |
| 269 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. | |
| 270 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. | |
| 271 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. | |
| 272 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot | |
| 273 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. | |
| 274 */ | |
| 275 void | |
| 276 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid) | |
| 277 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1883 | 278 int invalid UNUSED; /* window line height is invalid now */ |
| 7 | 279 { |
| 280 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 281 int i; | |
| 282 #endif | |
| 283 | |
| 284 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
| 285 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
| 286 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
| 287 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
| 288 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 289 | |
| 290 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 291 if (invalid) | |
| 292 { | |
| 293 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ | |
| 294 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); | |
| 295 if (i >= 0) | |
| 296 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 297 } | |
| 298 #endif | |
| 299 } | |
| 300 | |
| 2255 | 301 #if defined(FEAT_RUBY) || defined(FEAT_PERL) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || \ |
|
2237
770485470e59
Add a few #ifdefs to exclude functions that are not used. (Domnique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
302 (defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11)) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 303 /* |
| 304 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer | |
| 305 */ | |
| 306 void | |
| 307 update_curbuf(type) | |
| 308 int type; | |
| 309 { | |
| 310 redraw_curbuf_later(type); | |
| 311 update_screen(type); | |
| 312 } | |
|
2237
770485470e59
Add a few #ifdefs to exclude functions that are not used. (Domnique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
313 #endif |
| 7 | 314 |
| 315 /* | |
| 316 * update_screen() | |
| 317 * | |
| 318 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull | |
| 319 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. | |
| 320 */ | |
| 321 void | |
| 322 update_screen(type) | |
| 323 int type; | |
| 324 { | |
| 325 win_T *wp; | |
| 326 static int did_intro = FALSE; | |
| 327 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 328 int did_one; | |
| 329 #endif | |
| 330 | |
| 2008 | 331 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ |
| 7 | 332 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) |
| 333 return; | |
| 334 | |
| 335 if (must_redraw) | |
| 336 { | |
| 337 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ | |
| 338 type = must_redraw; | |
| 1331 | 339 |
| 340 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird | |
| 341 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous | |
| 342 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a | |
| 343 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ | |
| 7 | 344 must_redraw = 0; |
| 345 } | |
| 346 | |
| 347 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ | |
| 348 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) | |
| 349 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 350 | |
| 2008 | 351 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called |
| 352 * recursively. */ | |
| 353 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) | |
| 7 | 354 { |
| 355 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ | |
| 356 must_redraw = type; | |
| 357 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) | |
| 358 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ | |
| 359 return; | |
| 360 } | |
| 361 | |
| 362 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
| 363 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 364 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of | |
| 365 * display updating */ | |
| 366 #endif | |
| 367 | |
| 368 /* | |
| 369 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down | |
| 370 */ | |
| 371 if (msg_scrolled) | |
| 372 { | |
| 373 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 374 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ | |
| 375 type = CLEAR; | |
| 376 else if (type != CLEAR) | |
| 377 { | |
| 378 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 379 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 380 type = CLEAR; | |
| 381 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 382 { | |
| 383 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) | |
| 384 { | |
| 385 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled | |
| 386 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP | |
| 387 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 | |
| 388 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 389 { | |
| 390 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); | |
| 391 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; | |
| 392 } | |
| 393 else | |
| 394 { | |
| 395 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 396 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 397 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) | |
| 398 <= msg_scrolled) | |
| 399 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 400 #endif | |
| 401 } | |
| 402 } | |
| 403 } | |
| 404 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 667 | 405 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 673 | 406 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 667 | 407 #endif |
| 7 | 408 } |
| 409 msg_scrolled = 0; | |
| 410 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
| 411 } | |
| 412 | |
| 413 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ | |
| 414 compute_cmdrow(); | |
| 415 | |
| 416 /* Check for changed highlighting */ | |
| 417 if (need_highlight_changed) | |
| 418 highlight_changed(); | |
| 419 | |
| 420 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ | |
| 421 { | |
| 422 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
| 423 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 424 } | |
| 425 | |
| 426 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ | |
| 427 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 428 | |
| 13 | 429 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
430 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
431 * changes. */ |
| 13 | 432 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
433 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
434 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) |
| 13 | 435 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; |
| 436 #endif | |
| 437 | |
| 7 | 438 /* |
| 439 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. | |
| 440 */ | |
| 441 if (type == INVERTED) | |
| 442 update_curswant(); | |
| 443 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type | |
| 444 && !((type == VALID | |
| 445 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
| 446 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 447 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill | |
| 448 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill | |
| 449 #endif | |
| 450 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 451 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 452 || (type == INVERTED | |
| 1043 | 453 && VIsual_active |
| 7 | 454 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
| 455 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode | |
| 456 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) | |
| 457 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) | |
| 458 #endif | |
| 459 )) | |
| 460 curwin->w_redr_type = type; | |
| 461 | |
| 849 | 462 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 463 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
| 464 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) | |
| 465 draw_tabline(); | |
| 466 #endif | |
| 467 | |
| 7 | 468 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 469 /* | |
| 470 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed | |
| 471 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. | |
| 472 */ | |
| 473 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 474 { | |
| 475 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) | |
| 476 { | |
| 477 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 478 win_T *wwp; | |
| 479 | |
| 480 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ | |
| 481 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) | |
| 482 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) | |
| 483 break; | |
| 484 # endif | |
| 485 if ( | |
| 486 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 487 wwp == wp && | |
| 488 # endif | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
489 syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 490 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); |
| 491 } | |
| 492 } | |
| 493 #endif | |
| 494 | |
| 495 /* | |
| 496 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need | |
| 497 * it. | |
| 498 */ | |
| 499 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 500 did_one = FALSE; | |
| 501 #endif | |
| 502 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 503 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; | |
| 504 #endif | |
| 505 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 506 { | |
| 507 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 508 { | |
| 509 cursor_off(); | |
| 510 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 511 if (!did_one) | |
| 512 { | |
| 513 did_one = TRUE; | |
| 514 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 515 start_search_hl(); | |
| 516 # endif | |
| 517 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 518 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
| 519 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel()) | |
| 520 clip_update_selection(); | |
| 521 # endif | |
| 522 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 523 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because | |
| 524 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under | |
| 525 * it. */ | |
| 526 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 527 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 528 #endif | |
| 529 } | |
| 530 #endif | |
| 531 win_update(wp); | |
| 532 } | |
| 533 | |
| 534 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 535 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ | |
| 536 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 537 { | |
| 538 cursor_off(); | |
| 539 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 540 } | |
| 541 #endif | |
| 542 } | |
| 543 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 544 end_search_hl(); | |
| 545 #endif | |
| 546 | |
| 547 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 548 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster | |
| 549 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ | |
| 550 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 551 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 552 #else | |
| 553 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 554 #endif | |
| 555 | |
| 556 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
| 557 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 558 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
| 559 #endif | |
| 560 | |
| 561 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may | |
| 562 * mess up the command line. */ | |
| 563 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 564 showmode(); | |
| 565 | |
| 566 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ | |
| 567 if (!did_intro && bufempty() | |
| 568 && curbuf->b_fname == NULL | |
| 569 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 570 && firstwin->w_next == NULL | |
| 571 #endif | |
| 572 && vim_strchr(p_shm, SHM_INTRO) == NULL) | |
| 573 intro_message(FALSE); | |
| 574 did_intro = TRUE; | |
| 575 | |
| 576 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 577 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
| 578 * done. */ | |
| 579 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 580 { | |
| 581 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
| 582 if (did_one) | |
| 583 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 584 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
| 585 } | |
| 586 #endif | |
| 587 } | |
| 588 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
589 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
590 void |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
591 update_single_line(wp, lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
592 win_T *wp; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
593 linenr_T lnum; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
594 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
595 int row; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
596 int j; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
597 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
598 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline |
|
2269
fb627e94e6c6
Couple of small fixes for conceal feature. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2255
diff
changeset
|
599 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
600 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
601 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
602 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
603 * may make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
604 if (gui.in_use) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
605 gui_undraw_cursor(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
606 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
607 row = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
608 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
609 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
610 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
611 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
612 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
613 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
614 init_search_hl(wp); |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
615 start_search_hl(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
616 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
617 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
618 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
619 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
620 end_search_hl(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
621 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
622 break; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
623 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
624 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
625 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
626 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
627 /* Redraw the cursor */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
628 if (gui.in_use) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
629 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
630 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
631 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
632 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
633 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
634 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
635 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
636 #endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
637 |
| 7 | 638 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) |
| 639 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void)); | |
| 640 static void update_finish __ARGS((void)); | |
| 641 | |
| 642 /* | |
| 643 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. | |
| 2008 | 644 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. |
| 7 | 645 */ |
| 646 static void | |
| 647 update_prepare() | |
| 648 { | |
| 649 cursor_off(); | |
| 650 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
| 651 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 652 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may | |
| 653 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ | |
| 654 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 655 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 656 #endif | |
| 657 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 658 start_search_hl(); | |
| 659 #endif | |
| 660 } | |
| 661 | |
| 662 /* | |
| 663 * Finish updating one or more windows. | |
| 664 */ | |
| 665 static void | |
| 666 update_finish() | |
| 667 { | |
| 668 if (redraw_cmdline) | |
| 669 showmode(); | |
| 670 | |
| 671 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 672 end_search_hl(); | |
| 673 # endif | |
| 674 | |
| 675 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
| 676 | |
| 677 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 678 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
| 679 | |
| 680 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
| 681 * done. */ | |
| 682 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 683 { | |
| 684 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
| 685 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 686 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
| 687 } | |
| 688 # endif | |
| 689 } | |
| 690 #endif | |
| 691 | |
| 692 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 693 void | |
| 694 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum) | |
| 695 buf_T *buf; | |
| 696 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 697 { | |
| 698 win_T *wp; | |
| 699 int doit = FALSE; | |
| 700 | |
| 701 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 702 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
| 703 # endif | |
| 704 | |
| 705 /* update/delete a specific mark */ | |
| 706 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 707 { | |
| 708 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) | |
| 709 { | |
| 710 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline | |
| 711 && lnum < wp->w_botline) | |
| 712 { | |
| 713 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
| 714 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
| 715 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
| 716 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
| 717 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 718 } | |
| 719 } | |
| 720 else | |
| 721 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 722 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 723 doit = TRUE; | |
| 724 } | |
| 725 | |
| 2008 | 726 /* Return when there is nothing to do or screen updating already |
| 727 * happening. */ | |
| 728 if (!doit || updating_screen) | |
| 7 | 729 return; |
| 730 | |
| 731 /* update all windows that need updating */ | |
| 732 update_prepare(); | |
| 733 | |
| 734 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 735 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 736 { | |
| 737 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 738 win_update(wp); | |
| 739 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 740 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 741 } | |
| 742 # else | |
| 743 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 744 win_update(curwin); | |
| 745 # endif | |
| 746 | |
| 747 update_finish(); | |
| 748 } | |
| 749 #endif | |
| 750 | |
| 751 | |
| 752 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 753 /* | |
| 754 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. | |
| 755 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. | |
| 756 */ | |
| 757 void | |
| 758 updateWindow(wp) | |
| 759 win_T *wp; | |
| 760 { | |
| 2008 | 761 /* return if already busy updating */ |
| 762 if (updating_screen) | |
| 763 return; | |
| 764 | |
| 7 | 765 update_prepare(); |
| 766 | |
| 767 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 768 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
| 769 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel()) | |
| 770 clip_update_selection(); | |
| 771 #endif | |
| 670 | 772 |
| 7 | 773 win_update(wp); |
| 670 | 774 |
| 7 | 775 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 670 | 776 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ |
| 673 | 777 if (redraw_tabline) |
| 677 | 778 draw_tabline(); |
| 670 | 779 |
| 7 | 780 if (wp->w_redr_status |
| 781 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 782 || p_ru | |
| 783 # endif | |
| 784 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 40 | 785 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL |
| 7 | 786 # endif |
| 787 ) | |
| 788 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 789 #endif | |
| 790 | |
| 791 update_finish(); | |
| 792 } | |
| 793 #endif | |
| 794 | |
| 795 /* | |
| 796 * Update a single window. | |
| 797 * | |
| 798 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the | |
| 799 * screen or scrolling lines). | |
| 800 * | |
| 801 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also | |
| 802 * implies the one below it. | |
| 803 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window | |
| 743 | 804 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible |
| 7 | 805 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID |
| 806 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area | |
| 807 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area | |
| 808 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline | |
| 809 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down | |
| 810 * 3. redraw changed text: | |
| 301 | 811 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between |
| 7 | 812 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. |
| 813 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between | |
| 814 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. | |
| 815 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. | |
| 816 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. | |
| 817 * This results in three areas that may need updating: | |
| 818 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) | |
| 819 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) | |
| 820 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) | |
| 821 */ | |
| 822 static void | |
| 823 win_update(wp) | |
| 824 win_T *wp; | |
| 825 { | |
| 826 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 827 int type; | |
| 828 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs | |
| 829 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ | |
| 830 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs | |
| 831 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ | |
| 832 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs | |
| 833 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ | |
| 834 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs | |
| 835 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ | |
| 836 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 837 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when | |
| 838 w_topline got smaller a bit */ | |
| 839 #endif | |
| 840 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1326 | 841 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 7 | 842 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ |
| 843 #endif | |
| 844 | |
| 845 int row; /* current window row to display */ | |
| 846 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ | |
| 847 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ | |
| 848 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ | |
| 849 | |
| 850 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ | |
| 851 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ | |
| 852 int i; | |
| 853 long j; | |
| 854 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ | |
| 855 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; | |
| 856 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 857 long fold_count; | |
| 858 #endif | |
| 859 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 860 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if | |
| 861 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ | |
| 862 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ | |
| 863 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ | |
| 864 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ | |
| 865 int did_update = DID_NONE; | |
| 866 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ | |
| 867 #endif | |
| 868 linenr_T mod_top = 0; | |
| 869 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; | |
| 870 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 871 int save_got_int; | |
| 872 #endif | |
| 873 | |
| 874 type = wp->w_redr_type; | |
| 875 | |
| 876 if (type == NOT_VALID) | |
| 877 { | |
| 878 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 879 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 880 #endif | |
| 881 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 882 } | |
| 883 | |
| 884 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ | |
| 885 if (wp->w_height == 0) | |
| 886 { | |
| 887 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 888 return; | |
| 889 } | |
| 890 | |
| 891 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 892 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ | |
| 893 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 894 { | |
| 895 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
| 896 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); | |
| 897 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 898 return; | |
| 899 } | |
| 900 #endif | |
| 901 | |
| 902 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
903 init_search_hl(wp); |
| 7 | 904 #endif |
| 905 | |
| 13 | 906 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
907 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
908 * changes. */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
909 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; |
| 677 | 910 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) |
| 13 | 911 { |
| 912 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 677 | 913 wp->w_nrwidth = i; |
| 13 | 914 } |
| 915 else | |
| 916 #endif | |
| 917 | |
| 7 | 918 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) |
| 919 { | |
| 920 /* | |
| 921 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be | |
| 922 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw | |
| 923 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). | |
| 924 */ | |
| 925 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 926 } | |
| 927 else | |
| 928 { | |
| 929 /* | |
| 930 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of | |
| 931 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. | |
| 932 */ | |
| 933 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; | |
| 934 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) | |
| 935 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; | |
| 936 else | |
| 937 mod_bot = 0; | |
| 938 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ | |
| 939 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; | |
| 940 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
| 941 { | |
| 942 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) | |
| 943 { | |
| 944 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; | |
| 945 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 946 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included | |
| 947 * in a pattern match. */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
948 if (syntax_present(wp)) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
949 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
950 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; |
| 7 | 951 if (mod_top < 1) |
| 952 mod_top = 1; | |
| 953 } | |
| 954 #endif | |
| 955 } | |
| 956 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 957 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; | |
| 958 | |
| 959 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 960 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a | |
| 961 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a | |
| 962 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible | |
| 963 * lines above the change. | |
| 1326 | 964 * Same for a match pattern. |
| 7 | 965 */ |
| 699 | 966 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL |
| 967 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) | |
| 7 | 968 top_to_mod = TRUE; |
| 699 | 969 else |
| 1326 | 970 { |
| 971 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 972 while (cur != NULL) | |
| 973 { | |
| 974 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL | |
| 975 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) | |
| 699 | 976 { |
| 977 top_to_mod = TRUE; | |
| 978 break; | |
| 979 } | |
| 1326 | 980 cur = cur->next; |
| 981 } | |
| 982 } | |
| 7 | 983 #endif |
| 984 } | |
| 985 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 986 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 987 { | |
| 988 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; | |
| 989 | |
| 990 /* | |
| 991 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or | |
| 992 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. | |
| 993 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first | |
| 994 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first | |
| 995 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. | |
| 996 */ | |
| 997 | |
| 998 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to | |
| 999 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. | |
| 1000 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb | |
| 1001 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ | |
| 1002 lnumt = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1003 lnumb = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1004 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1005 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 1006 { | |
| 1007 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) | |
| 1008 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
| 1009 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) | |
| 1010 { | |
| 1011 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; | |
| 1012 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating | |
| 1013 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ | |
| 1014 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 1015 ++lnumb; | |
| 1016 } | |
| 1017 } | |
| 1018 | |
| 1019 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1020 if (mod_top > lnumt) | |
| 1021 mod_top = lnumt; | |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ | |
| 1024 --mod_bot; | |
| 1025 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1026 ++mod_bot; | |
| 1027 if (mod_bot < lnumb) | |
| 1028 mod_bot = lnumb; | |
| 1029 } | |
| 1030 #endif | |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below | |
| 1033 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. | |
| 36 | 1034 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was |
| 1035 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ | |
| 7 | 1036 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) |
| 1037 { | |
| 1038 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) | |
| 1039 mod_top = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1040 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1041 else if (syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1042 top_end = 1; |
| 1043 #endif | |
| 1044 } | |
| 36 | 1045 |
| 1046 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below | |
| 1047 * inserted/deleted lines. */ | |
| 1048 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) | |
| 1049 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 7 | 1050 } |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 /* | |
| 1053 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when | |
| 1054 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. | |
| 1055 */ | |
| 1056 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) | |
| 1057 { | |
| 1058 j = 0; | |
| 1059 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1060 { | |
| 1061 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1062 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) | |
| 1063 { | |
| 1064 top_end = j; | |
| 1065 break; | |
| 1066 } | |
| 1067 } | |
| 1068 if (top_end == 0) | |
| 1069 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ | |
| 1070 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1071 else | |
| 1072 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ | |
| 1073 type = VALID; | |
| 1074 } | |
| 1075 | |
| 1378 | 1076 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will |
| 1331 | 1077 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still |
| 1078 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not | |
| 1079 * called. */ | |
| 1080 if (screen_cleared) | |
| 1081 screen_cleared = MAYBE; | |
| 1082 | |
| 7 | 1083 /* |
| 1084 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, | |
| 1085 * handle three cases: | |
| 1086 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down | |
| 1087 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up | |
| 1088 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in | |
| 1089 * w_lines[] that needs updating. | |
| 1090 */ | |
| 743 | 1091 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID |
| 1092 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) | |
| 7 | 1093 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 1094 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill | |
| 1095 #endif | |
| 1096 ) | |
| 1097 { | |
| 1098 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) | |
| 1099 { | |
| 1100 /* | |
| 1101 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done | |
| 1102 * further down. | |
| 1103 */ | |
| 1104 } | |
| 1105 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
| 1106 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
| 1107 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1108 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
| 1109 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) | |
| 1110 #endif | |
| 1111 )) | |
| 1112 { | |
| 1113 /* | |
| 1114 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. | |
| 1115 */ | |
| 1116 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1117 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 1118 { | |
| 1119 linenr_T ln; | |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence | |
| 1122 * of folded lines as one */ | |
| 1123 j = 0; | |
| 1124 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) | |
| 1125 { | |
| 1126 ++j; | |
| 1127 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1128 break; | |
| 1129 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1130 } | |
| 1131 } | |
| 1132 else | |
| 1133 #endif | |
| 1134 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; | |
| 1135 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ | |
| 1136 { | |
| 1137 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); | |
| 1138 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1139 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ | |
| 1140 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) | |
| 1141 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 1142 - wp->w_old_topfill; | |
| 1143 #endif | |
| 1144 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ | |
| 1145 { | |
| 1146 /* | |
| 1147 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. | |
| 1148 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. | |
| 1149 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. | |
| 1150 */ | |
| 1151 if (i > 0) | |
| 1152 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1153 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
| 1154 { | |
| 1155 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
| 1156 { | |
| 1157 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the | |
| 1158 * first one that scrolled down. */ | |
| 1159 top_end = i; | |
| 1160 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 1161 scrolled_down = TRUE; | |
| 1162 #endif | |
| 1163 | |
| 1164 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable | |
| 1165 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ | |
| 1166 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) | |
| 1167 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
| 1168 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) | |
| 1169 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; | |
| 1170 while (idx >= 0) | |
| 1171 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1172 } | |
| 1173 } | |
| 1174 else | |
| 1175 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1176 } | |
| 1177 else | |
| 1178 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1179 } | |
| 1180 else | |
| 1181 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1182 } | |
| 1183 else | |
| 1184 { | |
| 1185 /* | |
| 1186 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. | |
| 1187 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that | |
| 1188 * needs updating. | |
| 1189 */ | |
| 1190 | |
| 1191 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ | |
| 1192 j = -1; | |
| 1193 row = 0; | |
| 1194 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) | |
| 1195 { | |
| 1196 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1197 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1198 { | |
| 1199 j = i; | |
| 1200 break; | |
| 1201 } | |
| 1202 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1203 } | |
| 1204 if (j == -1) | |
| 1205 { | |
| 1206 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all | |
| 1207 * lines */ | |
| 1208 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1209 } | |
| 1210 else | |
| 1211 { | |
| 1212 /* | |
| 1213 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. | |
| 1214 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. | |
| 1215 */ | |
| 1216 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1217 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, | |
| 1218 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ | |
| 1219 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1220 row += wp->w_old_topfill; | |
| 1221 else | |
| 1222 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
| 1223 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ | |
| 1224 row -= wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1225 #endif | |
| 1226 if (row > 0) | |
| 1227 { | |
| 1228 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1229 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
| 1230 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 1231 else | |
| 1232 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1233 } | |
| 1234 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
| 1235 { | |
| 1236 /* | |
| 1237 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still | |
| 1238 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info | |
| 1239 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set | |
| 1240 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. | |
| 1241 */ | |
| 1242 bot_start = 0; | |
| 1243 idx = 0; | |
| 1244 for (;;) | |
| 1245 { | |
| 1246 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; | |
| 1247 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still | |
| 1248 * valid (no lines deleted) */ | |
| 1249 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row | |
| 1250 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) | |
| 1251 { | |
| 1252 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; | |
| 1253 break; | |
| 1254 } | |
| 1255 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
| 1256 | |
| 1257 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
| 1258 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1259 { | |
| 1260 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
| 1261 break; | |
| 1262 } | |
| 1263 } | |
| 1264 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1265 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top | |
| 1266 * when it won't get updated below. */ | |
| 1267 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) | |
| 1268 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = | |
| 1269 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) | |
| 1270 + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1271 #endif | |
| 1272 } | |
| 1273 } | |
| 1274 } | |
| 1275 | |
| 1276 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When | |
| 1277 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen | |
| 1278 * first. */ | |
| 1279 if (mid_start == 0) | |
| 1280 { | |
| 1281 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1282 if (lastwin == firstwin) | |
| 981 | 1283 { |
| 1331 | 1284 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or |
| 1285 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE | |
| 1286 * then. */ | |
| 1287 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) | |
| 1288 screenclear(); | |
| 981 | 1289 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 1290 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ | |
| 1291 if (redraw_tabline) | |
| 1292 draw_tabline(); | |
| 1293 #endif | |
| 1294 } | |
| 7 | 1295 } |
| 1331 | 1296 |
| 1297 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be | |
| 1298 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() | |
| 1299 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to | |
| 1300 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ | |
| 1301 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) | |
| 1302 must_redraw = 0; | |
| 7 | 1303 } |
| 1304 else | |
| 1305 { | |
| 1306 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ | |
| 1307 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1308 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1309 } | |
| 1310 | |
| 743 | 1311 if (type == SOME_VALID) |
| 1312 { | |
| 1313 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ | |
| 1314 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1315 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1316 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1317 } | |
| 1318 | |
| 7 | 1319 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 1320 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ | |
| 1321 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 1322 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) | |
| 1323 { | |
| 1324 linenr_T from, to; | |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 1327 { | |
| 1328 if (VIsual_active | |
| 1329 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode | |
| 1330 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) | |
| 1331 { | |
| 1332 /* | |
| 1333 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole | |
| 1334 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is | |
| 1335 * gained or lost. | |
| 1336 */ | |
| 1337 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1338 { | |
| 1339 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1340 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1341 } | |
| 1342 else | |
| 1343 { | |
| 1344 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1345 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1346 } | |
| 1347 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ | |
| 1348 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) | |
| 1349 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1350 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) | |
| 1351 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1352 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) | |
| 1353 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1354 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
| 1355 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1356 } | |
| 1357 else | |
| 1358 { | |
| 1359 /* | |
| 1360 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines | |
| 1361 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor | |
| 1362 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. | |
| 1363 */ | |
| 1364 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) | |
| 1365 { | |
| 1366 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1367 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1368 } | |
| 1369 else | |
| 1370 { | |
| 1371 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1372 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1373 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ | |
| 1374 from = to; | |
| 1375 } | |
| 1376 | |
| 422 | 1377 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum |
| 1378 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) | |
| 7 | 1379 { |
| 1380 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from | |
| 1381 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) | |
| 1382 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1383 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
| 1384 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1385 if (VIsual.lnum < from) | |
| 1386 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1387 if (VIsual.lnum > to) | |
| 1388 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1389 } | |
| 1390 } | |
| 1391 | |
| 1392 /* | |
| 1393 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: | |
| 1394 * update all lines. | |
| 1395 * First compute the actual start and end column. | |
| 1396 */ | |
| 1397 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 1398 { | |
| 1399 colnr_T fromc, toc; | |
| 1400 | |
| 1401 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); | |
| 1402 ++toc; | |
| 1403 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) | |
| 1404 toc = MAXCOL; | |
| 1405 | |
| 1406 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol | |
| 1407 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) | |
| 1408 { | |
| 1409 if (from > VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1410 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1411 if (to < VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1412 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1413 } | |
| 1414 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; | |
| 1415 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; | |
| 1416 } | |
| 1417 } | |
| 1418 else | |
| 1419 { | |
| 1420 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ | |
| 1421 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) | |
| 1422 { | |
| 1423 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1424 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1425 } | |
| 1426 else | |
| 1427 { | |
| 1428 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1429 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1430 } | |
| 1431 } | |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 /* | |
| 1434 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. | |
| 1435 */ | |
| 1436 if (from < wp->w_topline) | |
| 1437 from = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 /* | |
| 1440 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to | |
| 1441 * the lines that are visible in the window. | |
| 1442 */ | |
| 1443 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) | |
| 1444 { | |
| 1445 if (from >= wp->w_botline) | |
| 1446 from = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
| 1447 if (to >= wp->w_botline) | |
| 1448 to = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
| 1449 } | |
| 1450 | |
| 1451 /* | |
| 1452 * Find the minimal part to be updated. | |
| 1453 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. | |
| 1454 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets | |
| 1455 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. | |
| 1456 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text | |
| 1457 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for | |
| 1458 * mid_end (in srow). | |
| 1459 */ | |
| 1460 if (mid_start > 0) | |
| 1461 { | |
| 1462 lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1463 idx = 0; | |
| 1464 srow = 0; | |
| 1465 if (scrolled_down) | |
| 1466 mid_start = top_end; | |
| 1467 else | |
| 1468 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1469 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ | |
| 1470 { | |
| 1471 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
| 1472 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1473 else if (!scrolled_down) | |
| 1474 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1475 ++idx; | |
| 1476 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1477 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
| 1478 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; | |
| 1479 else | |
| 1480 # endif | |
| 1481 ++lnum; | |
| 1482 } | |
| 1483 srow += mid_start; | |
| 1484 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1485 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ | |
| 1486 { | |
| 1487 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
| 1488 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) | |
| 1489 { | |
| 1490 /* Only update until first row of this line */ | |
| 1491 mid_end = srow; | |
| 1492 break; | |
| 1493 } | |
| 1494 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1495 } | |
| 1496 } | |
| 1497 } | |
| 1498 | |
| 1499 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 1500 { | |
| 1501 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; | |
| 1502 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1503 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 422 | 1504 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; |
| 7 | 1505 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; |
| 1506 } | |
| 1507 else | |
| 1508 { | |
| 1509 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; | |
| 1510 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; | |
| 1511 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; | |
| 422 | 1512 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; |
| 7 | 1513 } |
| 1514 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ | |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 1517 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ | |
| 1518 save_got_int = got_int; | |
| 1519 got_int = 0; | |
| 1520 #endif | |
| 1521 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1522 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
| 1523 #endif | |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 /* | |
| 1526 * Update all the window rows. | |
| 1527 */ | |
| 1528 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
| 1529 row = 0; | |
| 1530 srow = 0; | |
| 1531 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ | |
| 1532 for (;;) | |
| 1533 { | |
| 1534 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ | |
| 1535 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ | |
| 1536 if (row == wp->w_height) | |
| 1537 { | |
| 1538 didline = TRUE; | |
| 1539 break; | |
| 1540 } | |
| 1541 | |
| 1542 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ | |
| 1543 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 1544 { | |
| 1545 eof = TRUE; | |
| 1546 break; | |
| 1547 } | |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt | |
| 1550 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ | |
| 1551 srow = row; | |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 /* | |
| 1554 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it | |
| 1555 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. | |
| 1556 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using | |
| 1557 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. | |
| 1558 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will | |
| 1559 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is | |
| 1560 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. | |
| 1561 */ | |
| 1562 if (row < top_end | |
| 1563 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) | |
| 1564 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1565 || top_to_mod | |
| 1566 #endif | |
| 1567 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1568 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) | |
| 1569 || (mod_top != 0 | |
| 1570 && (lnum == mod_top | |
| 1571 || (lnum >= mod_top | |
| 1572 && (lnum < mod_bot | |
| 1573 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1574 || did_update == DID_FOLD | |
| 1575 || (did_update == DID_LINE | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1576 && syntax_present(wp) |
| 7 | 1577 && ( |
| 1578 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1579 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) | |
| 1580 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || | |
| 1581 # endif | |
| 1582 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) | |
| 1583 #endif | |
| 1584 ))))) | |
| 1585 { | |
| 1586 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1587 if (lnum == mod_top) | |
| 1588 top_to_mod = FALSE; | |
| 1589 #endif | |
| 1590 | |
| 1591 /* | |
| 1592 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines | |
| 1593 * up or down to minimize redrawing. | |
| 1594 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. | |
| 1595 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol is non-zero, keep the "$". | |
| 1596 */ | |
| 1597 if (lnum == mod_top | |
| 1598 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM | |
| 1599 && !(dollar_vcol != 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) | |
| 1600 { | |
| 1601 int old_rows = 0; | |
| 1602 int new_rows = 0; | |
| 1603 int xtra_rows; | |
| 1604 linenr_T l; | |
| 1605 | |
| 1606 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which | |
| 1607 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are | |
| 1608 * currently displayed. */ | |
| 1609 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1610 { | |
| 1611 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid | |
| 1612 * lines are part of the changed area. */ | |
| 1613 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1614 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) | |
| 1615 break; | |
| 1616 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1617 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1618 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1619 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) | |
| 1620 { | |
| 1621 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. | |
| 1622 * Add following invalid entries. */ | |
| 1623 ++i; | |
| 1624 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1625 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 1626 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; | |
| 1627 break; | |
| 1628 } | |
| 1629 #endif | |
| 1630 } | |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1633 { | |
| 1634 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, | |
| 1635 * need to redraw until the end of the window. | |
| 1636 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ | |
| 1637 bot_start = 0; | |
| 1638 } | |
| 1639 else | |
| 1640 { | |
| 1641 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window | |
| 1642 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ | |
| 1643 j = idx; | |
| 1644 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) | |
| 1645 { | |
| 1646 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1647 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) | |
| 1648 ++new_rows; | |
| 1649 else | |
| 1650 #endif | |
| 1651 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1652 if (l == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1653 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) | |
| 1654 + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1655 else | |
| 1656 #endif | |
| 1657 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); | |
| 1658 ++j; | |
| 1659 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) | |
| 1660 { | |
| 1661 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ | |
| 1662 new_rows = 9999; | |
| 1663 break; | |
| 1664 } | |
| 1665 } | |
| 1666 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; | |
| 1667 if (xtra_rows < 0) | |
| 1668 { | |
| 1669 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough | |
| 1670 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
| 1671 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text | |
| 1672 * below the scrolled text. */ | |
| 1673 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1674 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1675 else | |
| 1676 { | |
| 1677 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1678 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, | |
| 1679 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 1680 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1681 else | |
| 1682 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; | |
| 1683 } | |
| 1684 } | |
| 1685 else if (xtra_rows > 0) | |
| 1686 { | |
| 1687 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough | |
| 1688 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
| 1689 * rest. */ | |
| 1690 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1691 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1692 else | |
| 1693 { | |
| 1694 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1695 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, | |
| 1696 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 1697 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1698 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) | |
| 1699 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires | |
| 1700 * updating down. */ | |
| 1701 top_end += xtra_rows; | |
| 1702 } | |
| 1703 } | |
| 1704 | |
| 1705 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] | |
| 1706 * entries. */ | |
| 1707 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) | |
| 1708 { | |
| 1709 if (j < i) | |
| 1710 { | |
| 1711 int x = row + new_rows; | |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ | |
| 1714 for (;;) | |
| 1715 { | |
| 1716 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ | |
| 1717 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1718 { | |
| 1719 wp->w_lines_valid = j; | |
| 1720 break; | |
| 1721 } | |
| 1722 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; | |
| 1723 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ | |
| 1724 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size | |
| 1725 > wp->w_height) | |
| 1726 { | |
| 1727 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; | |
| 1728 break; | |
| 1729 } | |
| 1730 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; | |
| 1731 ++i; | |
| 1732 } | |
| 1733 if (bot_start > x) | |
| 1734 bot_start = x; | |
| 1735 } | |
| 1736 else /* j > i */ | |
| 1737 { | |
| 1738 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ | |
| 1739 j -= i; | |
| 1740 wp->w_lines_valid += j; | |
| 1741 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) | |
| 1742 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
| 1743 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) | |
| 1744 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; | |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are | |
| 1747 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. | |
| 1748 * Reset to zero. */ | |
| 1749 while (i >= idx) | |
| 1750 { | |
| 1751 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; | |
| 1752 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1753 } | |
| 1754 } | |
| 1755 } | |
| 1756 } | |
| 1757 } | |
| 1758 | |
| 1759 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1760 /* | |
| 1761 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. | |
| 1762 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when | |
| 1763 * 'wrap' is on). | |
| 1764 */ | |
| 1765 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); | |
| 1766 if (fold_count != 0) | |
| 1767 { | |
| 1768 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); | |
| 1769 ++row; | |
| 1770 --fold_count; | |
| 1771 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; | |
| 1772 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; | |
| 1773 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1774 did_update = DID_FOLD; | |
| 1775 # endif | |
| 1776 } | |
| 1777 else | |
| 1778 #endif | |
| 1779 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1780 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
| 1781 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum | |
| 1782 && lnum > wp->w_topline | |
| 1783 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) | |
| 1784 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height | |
| 1785 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1786 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 | |
| 1787 #endif | |
| 1788 ) | |
| 1789 { | |
| 1790 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, | |
| 1791 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ | |
| 1792 row = wp->w_height + 1; | |
| 1793 } | |
| 1794 else | |
| 1795 { | |
| 1796 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1797 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); | |
| 1798 #endif | |
| 1799 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1800 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ | |
| 1801 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1802 && syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1803 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
| 1804 #endif | |
| 1805 | |
| 1806 /* | |
| 1807 * Display one line. | |
| 1808 */ | |
| 625 | 1809 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); |
| 7 | 1810 |
| 1811 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1812 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; | |
| 1813 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; | |
| 1814 #endif | |
| 1815 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1816 did_update = DID_LINE; | |
| 1817 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; | |
| 1818 #endif | |
| 1819 } | |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; | |
| 1822 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; | |
| 1823 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
| 1824 { | |
| 1825 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ | |
| 1826 if (dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 1827 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1828 ++idx; | |
| 1829 break; | |
| 1830 } | |
| 1831 if (dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 1832 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; | |
| 1833 ++idx; | |
| 1834 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1835 lnum += fold_count + 1; | |
| 1836 #else | |
| 1837 ++lnum; | |
| 1838 #endif | |
| 1839 } | |
| 1840 else | |
| 1841 { | |
| 1842 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ | |
| 1843 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
| 1844 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
| 1845 break; | |
| 1846 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1847 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
| 1848 #else | |
| 1849 ++lnum; | |
| 1850 #endif | |
| 1851 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1852 did_update = DID_NONE; | |
| 1853 #endif | |
| 1854 } | |
| 1855 | |
| 1856 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 1857 { | |
| 1858 eof = TRUE; | |
| 1859 break; | |
| 1860 } | |
| 1861 } | |
| 1862 /* | |
| 1863 * End of loop over all window lines. | |
| 1864 */ | |
| 1865 | |
| 1866 | |
| 1867 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1868 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
| 1869 | |
| 1870 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1871 /* | |
| 1872 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. | |
| 1873 */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1874 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1875 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
| 1876 #endif | |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 /* | |
| 1879 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last | |
| 1880 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. | |
| 1881 */ | |
| 1882 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; | |
| 1883 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1884 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; | |
| 1885 #endif | |
| 1886 if (!eof && !didline) | |
| 1887 { | |
| 1888 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1889 { | |
| 1890 /* | |
| 1891 * Single line that does not fit! | |
| 1892 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. | |
| 1893 */ | |
| 1894 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; | |
| 1895 } | |
| 1896 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1897 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) | |
| 1898 { | |
| 1899 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ | |
| 1900 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 1901 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; | |
| 1902 } | |
| 1903 #endif | |
| 1904 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ | |
| 1905 { | |
| 1906 /* | |
| 1907 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. | |
| 1908 */ | |
| 1909 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, | |
| 1910 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 1911 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 1912 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
| 1913 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); | |
| 1914 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 1915 } | |
| 1916 else | |
| 1917 { | |
| 1918 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 1919 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 1920 } | |
| 1921 } | |
| 1922 else | |
| 1923 { | |
| 1924 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1925 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
| 1926 #endif | |
| 1927 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ | |
| 1928 { | |
| 1929 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 1930 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1931 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); | |
| 1932 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) | |
| 1933 { | |
| 1934 /* | |
| 1935 * Display filler lines at the end of the file | |
| 1936 */ | |
| 1937 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
| 1938 i = '-'; | |
| 1939 else | |
| 1940 i = fill_diff; | |
| 1941 if (row + j > wp->w_height) | |
| 1942 j = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 1943 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); | |
| 1944 row += j; | |
| 1945 } | |
| 1946 #endif | |
| 1947 } | |
| 1948 else if (dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 1949 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 1950 | |
| 1951 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ | |
| 1952 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ | |
| 1953 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 1954 } | |
| 1955 | |
| 1956 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ | |
| 1957 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 1958 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1959 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1960 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; | |
| 1961 #endif | |
| 1962 | |
| 1963 if (dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 1964 { | |
| 1965 /* | |
| 1966 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each | |
| 1967 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive | |
| 1968 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the | |
| 1969 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to | |
| 1970 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was | |
| 1971 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on | |
| 1972 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw | |
| 1973 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it | |
| 1974 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where | |
| 1975 * changes are relevant). | |
| 1976 */ | |
| 1977 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; | |
| 1978 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) | |
| 1979 { | |
| 1980 recursive = TRUE; | |
| 1981 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; | |
| 1982 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ | |
| 1983 if (must_redraw != 0) | |
| 1984 { | |
| 1985 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ | |
| 1986 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; | |
| 1987 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 1988 win_update(curwin); | |
| 1989 must_redraw = 0; | |
| 1990 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; | |
| 1991 } | |
| 1992 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 1993 } | |
| 1994 } | |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 1997 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ | |
| 1998 if (!got_int) | |
| 1999 got_int = save_got_int; | |
| 2000 #endif | |
| 2001 } | |
| 2002 | |
| 2003 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2004 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 2005 | |
| 2006 /* | |
| 2007 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in. | |
| 2008 */ | |
| 2009 static int | |
| 2010 draw_signcolumn(wp) | |
| 2011 win_T *wp; | |
| 2012 { | |
| 2013 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 2014 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 2015 || netbeans_active() |
| 7 | 2016 # endif |
| 2017 ); | |
| 2018 } | |
| 2019 #endif | |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 /* | |
| 2022 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" | |
| 2023 * as the filler character. | |
| 2024 */ | |
| 2025 static void | |
| 2026 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl) | |
| 2027 win_T *wp; | |
| 2028 int c1; | |
| 2029 int c2; | |
| 2030 int row; | |
| 2031 int endrow; | |
| 534 | 2032 hlf_T hl; |
| 7 | 2033 { |
| 2034 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) | |
| 2035 int n = 0; | |
| 2036 # define FDC_OFF n | |
| 2037 #else | |
| 2038 # define FDC_OFF 0 | |
| 2039 #endif | |
| 2040 | |
| 2041 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2042 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2043 { | |
| 2044 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ | |
| 2045 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2046 n = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 if (n > 0) | |
| 2049 { | |
| 2050 /* draw the fold column at the right */ | |
| 119 | 2051 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 2052 n = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 7 | 2053 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
| 2054 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2055 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2056 } | |
| 2057 # endif | |
| 2058 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2059 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2060 { | |
| 2061 int nn = n + 2; | |
| 2062 | |
| 2063 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ | |
| 119 | 2064 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 2065 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 7 | 2066 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
| 2067 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, | |
| 2068 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
| 2069 n = nn; | |
| 2070 } | |
| 2071 # endif | |
| 2072 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2073 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, | |
| 2074 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2075 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2076 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, | |
| 2077 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2078 } | |
| 2079 else | |
| 2080 #endif | |
| 2081 { | |
| 2082 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2083 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 2084 { | |
| 2085 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ | |
| 2086 n = 1; | |
| 2087 if (n > wp->w_width) | |
| 2088 n = wp->w_width; | |
| 2089 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2090 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, | |
| 2091 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
| 2092 } | |
| 2093 #endif | |
| 2094 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2095 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 2096 { | |
| 2097 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2098 | |
| 2099 /* draw the fold column at the left */ | |
| 2100 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2101 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2102 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2103 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
| 2104 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2105 n = nn; | |
| 2106 } | |
| 2107 #endif | |
| 2108 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2109 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2110 { | |
| 2111 int nn = n + 2; | |
| 2112 | |
| 2113 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ | |
| 2114 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2115 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2116 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2117 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
| 2118 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
| 2119 n = nn; | |
| 2120 } | |
| 2121 #endif | |
| 2122 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2123 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2124 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2125 } | |
| 2126 set_empty_rows(wp, row); | |
| 2127 } | |
| 2128 | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2129 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2130 static int advance_color_col __ARGS((int vcol, int **color_cols)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2131 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2132 /* |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2133 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2134 */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2135 static int |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2136 advance_color_col(vcol, color_cols) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2137 int vcol; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2138 int **color_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2139 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2140 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2141 ++*color_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2142 return (**color_cols >= 0); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2143 } |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2144 #endif |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2145 |
| 7 | 2146 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 2147 /* | |
| 2148 * Display one folded line. | |
| 2149 */ | |
| 2150 static void | |
| 2151 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row) | |
| 2152 win_T *wp; | |
| 2153 long fold_count; | |
| 2154 foldinfo_T *foldinfo; | |
| 2155 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2156 int row; | |
| 2157 { | |
| 2158 char_u buf[51]; | |
| 2159 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
| 2160 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; | |
| 2161 int len; | |
| 29 | 2162 char_u *text; |
| 7 | 2163 int fdc; |
| 2164 int col; | |
| 2165 int txtcol; | |
| 2166 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 216 | 2167 int ri; |
| 7 | 2168 |
| 2169 /* Build the fold line: | |
| 2170 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
| 2171 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2172 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
| 7 | 2173 * 4. Compose the text |
| 2174 * 5. Add the text | |
| 2175 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text | |
| 2176 */ | |
| 2177 col = 0; | |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 /* | |
| 2180 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
| 2181 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. | |
| 2182 */ | |
| 2183 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2184 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 2185 { | |
| 2186 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; | |
| 2187 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 2188 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2189 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2190 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 2191 #endif | |
| 2192 ++col; | |
| 2193 } | |
| 2194 #endif | |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 /* | |
| 2197 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
| 2198 */ | |
| 2199 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2200 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) | |
| 2201 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2202 if (fdc > 0) | |
| 2203 { | |
| 2204 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); | |
| 2205 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2206 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2207 { | |
| 2208 int i; | |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, | |
| 2211 hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2212 /* reverse the fold column */ | |
| 2213 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) | |
| 2214 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; | |
| 2215 } | |
| 2216 else | |
| 2217 #endif | |
| 2218 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2219 col += fdc; | |
| 2220 } | |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 216 | 2223 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ |
| 2224 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
| 2225 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ | |
| 2226 else \ | |
| 2227 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
| 2228 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
| 7 | 2229 #else |
| 216 | 2230 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ |
| 2231 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
| 7 | 2232 #endif |
| 2233 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2234 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2235 * text */ |
| 216 | 2236 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); |
| 7 | 2237 |
| 2238 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2239 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ | |
| 2240 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2241 { | |
| 2242 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2243 if (len > 0) | |
| 2244 { | |
| 2245 if (len > 2) | |
| 2246 len = 2; | |
| 2247 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2248 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2249 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
| 2250 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, | |
| 2251 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2252 else | |
| 2253 # endif | |
| 2254 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2255 col += len; | |
| 2256 } | |
| 2257 } | |
| 2258 #endif | |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2261 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
| 7 | 2262 */ |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2263 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 2264 { |
| 2265 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2266 if (len > 0) | |
| 2267 { | |
| 13 | 2268 int w = number_width(wp); |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2269 long num; |
| 13 | 2270 |
| 2271 if (len > w + 1) | |
| 2272 len = w + 1; | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2273 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2274 if (wp->w_p_nu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2275 /* 'number' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2276 num = (long)lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2277 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2278 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2279 num = (long)abs((int)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2280 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2281 sprintf((char *)buf, "%*ld ", w, num); |
| 7 | 2282 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 2283 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2284 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
| 2285 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, | |
| 2286 hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2287 else | |
| 2288 #endif | |
| 2289 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2290 col += len; | |
| 2291 } | |
| 2292 } | |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 /* | |
| 2295 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. | |
| 2296 */ | |
| 29 | 2297 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); |
| 7 | 2298 |
| 2299 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ | |
| 2300 | |
| 2301 /* | |
| 2302 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". | |
| 2303 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put | |
| 2304 * in columns number-col - window-width. | |
| 2305 */ | |
| 2306 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2307 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2308 { | |
| 2309 int cells; | |
| 714 | 2310 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 2311 int i; | |
| 7 | 2312 int idx; |
| 2313 int c_len; | |
| 33 | 2314 char_u *p; |
| 7 | 2315 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 2316 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 2317 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
| 2318 # endif | |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2321 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2322 idx = off; | |
| 2323 else | |
| 2324 # endif | |
| 2325 idx = off + col; | |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ | |
| 2328 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) | |
| 2329 { | |
| 2330 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); | |
| 474 | 2331 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 2332 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) |
| 2333 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2334 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) | |
| 2335 # endif | |
| 2336 ) | |
| 2337 break; | |
| 2338 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; | |
| 2339 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2340 { | |
| 714 | 2341 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); |
| 2342 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) | |
| 7 | 2343 { |
| 2344 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; | |
| 2345 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2346 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2347 #endif | |
| 2348 } | |
| 2349 else | |
| 2350 { | |
| 2351 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2352 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
| 2353 { | |
| 2354 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 714 | 2355 int pc, pc1, nc; |
| 2356 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 2357 int firstbyte = *p; |
| 2358 | |
| 2359 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
| 2360 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
| 2361 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2362 { | |
| 2363 pc = prev_c; | |
| 2364 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
| 2365 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); | |
| 714 | 2366 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
| 7 | 2367 } |
| 2368 else | |
| 2369 { | |
| 714 | 2370 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); |
| 7 | 2371 nc = prev_c; |
| 714 | 2372 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7 | 2373 } |
| 2374 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2375 | |
| 714 | 2376 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], |
| 7 | 2377 pc, pc1, nc); |
| 2378 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; | |
| 2379 } | |
| 2380 else | |
| 2381 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2382 #endif | |
| 2383 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ | |
| 1401 | 2384 #ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 2385 if (u8c >= 0x10000) |
| 2386 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
| 2387 else | |
| 1401 | 2388 #endif |
| 7 | 2389 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; |
| 714 | 2390 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 2391 { | |
| 2392 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 2393 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 2394 break; | |
| 2395 } | |
| 7 | 2396 } |
| 2397 if (cells > 1) | |
| 2398 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; | |
| 2399 } | |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2400 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2401 /* double-byte single width character */ |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2402 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2403 else if (cells > 1) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2404 /* double-width character */ |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2405 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; |
| 7 | 2406 col += cells; |
| 2407 idx += cells; | |
| 2408 p += c_len; | |
| 2409 } | |
| 2410 } | |
| 2411 else | |
| 2412 #endif | |
| 2413 { | |
| 2414 len = (int)STRLEN(text); | |
| 2415 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) | |
| 2416 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2417 if (len > 0) | |
| 2418 { | |
| 2419 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2420 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2421 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); | |
| 2422 else | |
| 2423 #endif | |
| 2424 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); | |
| 2425 col += len; | |
| 2426 } | |
| 2427 } | |
| 2428 | |
| 2429 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ | |
| 2430 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2431 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2432 col -= txtcol; | |
| 2433 #endif | |
| 2434 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) | |
| 2435 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2436 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) | |
| 2437 #endif | |
| 2438 ) | |
| 2439 { | |
| 2440 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2441 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2442 { | |
| 2443 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) | |
| 2444 { | |
| 2445 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; | |
| 714 | 2446 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; |
| 7 | 2447 } |
| 2448 else | |
| 2449 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; | |
| 2450 } | |
| 2451 #endif | |
| 2452 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; | |
| 2453 } | |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 if (text != buf) | |
| 2456 vim_free(text); | |
| 2457 | |
| 2458 /* | |
| 2459 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. | |
| 2460 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. | |
| 2461 */ | |
| 2462 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 2463 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 2464 { | |
| 2465 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
| 2466 { | |
| 2467 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2468 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2469 bot = &VIsual; | |
| 2470 } | |
| 2471 else | |
| 2472 { | |
| 2473 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2474 top = &VIsual; | |
| 2475 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2476 } | |
| 2477 if (lnum >= top->lnum | |
| 2478 && lnume <= bot->lnum | |
| 2479 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' | |
| 2480 || ((lnum > top->lnum | |
| 2481 || (lnum == top->lnum | |
| 2482 && top->col == 0)) | |
| 2483 && (lnume < bot->lnum | |
| 2484 || (lnume == bot->lnum | |
| 2485 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) | |
| 1883 | 2486 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) |
| 7 | 2487 { |
| 2488 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 2489 { | |
| 2490 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ | |
| 2491 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2492 { | |
| 2493 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2494 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; | |
| 2495 else | |
| 2496 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; | |
| 2497 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), | |
| 230 | 2498 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); |
| 7 | 2499 } |
| 2500 } | |
| 2501 else | |
| 216 | 2502 { |
| 7 | 2503 /* Set all attributes of the text */ |
| 216 | 2504 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); |
| 2505 } | |
| 7 | 2506 } |
| 2507 } | |
| 2508 #endif | |
| 2509 | |
| 743 | 2510 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 2511 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ | |
| 1725 | 2512 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
| 2513 { | |
| 2514 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 2515 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 2516 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 2517 else | |
| 2518 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; | |
| 2519 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2520 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( | |
| 2521 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); | |
| 2522 } | |
| 743 | 2523 #endif |
| 7 | 2524 |
| 2525 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
| 2526 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); | |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 /* | |
| 2529 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
| 2530 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
| 2531 */ | |
| 2532 if (wp == curwin | |
| 2533 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 2534 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 2535 { | |
| 2536 curwin->w_cline_row = row; | |
| 2537 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; | |
| 2538 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; | |
| 2539 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
| 2540 } | |
| 2541 } | |
| 2542 | |
| 2543 /* | |
| 2544 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". | |
| 2545 */ | |
| 2546 static void | |
| 2547 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr) | |
| 2548 int off; | |
| 2549 char_u *buf; | |
| 2550 int len; | |
| 2551 int attr; | |
| 2552 { | |
| 216 | 2553 int i; |
| 2554 | |
| 7 | 2555 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); |
| 2556 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2557 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2558 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); | |
| 2559 # endif | |
| 216 | 2560 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 2561 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; | |
| 7 | 2562 } |
| 2563 | |
| 2564 /* | |
| 2565 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". | |
| 548 | 2566 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. |
| 7 | 2567 */ |
| 2568 static void | |
| 2569 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum) | |
| 2570 char_u *p; | |
| 2571 win_T *wp; | |
| 2572 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */ | |
| 2573 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ | |
| 2574 { | |
| 2575 int i = 0; | |
| 2576 int level; | |
| 2577 int first_level; | |
| 519 | 2578 int empty; |
| 7 | 2579 |
| 2580 /* Init to all spaces. */ | |
| 2581 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc); | |
| 2582 | |
| 2583 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; | |
| 2584 if (level > 0) | |
| 2585 { | |
| 519 | 2586 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ |
| 2587 empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; | |
| 2588 | |
| 7 | 2589 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that |
| 2590 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ | |
| 519 | 2591 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty; |
| 7 | 2592 if (first_level < 1) |
| 2593 first_level = 1; | |
| 2594 | |
| 519 | 2595 for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i) |
| 7 | 2596 { |
| 2597 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum | |
| 2598 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) | |
| 2599 p[i] = '-'; | |
| 2600 else if (first_level == 1) | |
| 2601 p[i] = '|'; | |
| 2602 else if (first_level + i <= 9) | |
| 2603 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; | |
| 2604 else | |
| 2605 p[i] = '>'; | |
| 2606 if (first_level + i == level) | |
| 2607 break; | |
| 2608 } | |
| 2609 } | |
| 2610 if (closed) | |
| 548 | 2611 p[i >= wp->w_p_fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; |
| 7 | 2612 } |
| 2613 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ | |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 /* | |
| 2616 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. | |
| 2617 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. | |
| 2618 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. | |
| 2619 * | |
| 2620 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. | |
| 2621 */ | |
| 2622 static int | |
| 625 | 2623 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange) |
| 7 | 2624 win_T *wp; |
| 2625 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2626 int startrow; | |
| 2627 int endrow; | |
| 1883 | 2628 int nochange UNUSED; /* not updating for changed text */ |
| 7 | 2629 { |
| 2630 int col; /* visual column on screen */ | |
| 2631 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ | |
| 2632 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 2633 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ | |
| 2634 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ | |
| 2635 char_u *line; /* current line */ | |
| 2636 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ | |
| 2637 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ | |
| 2638 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ | |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ | |
| 2641 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ | |
| 1340 | 2642 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ |
| 7 | 2643 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ |
| 2644 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ | |
| 2645 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when | |
| 2646 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ | |
| 2647 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ | |
| 2648 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ | |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ | |
| 2651 int saved_n_extra = 0; | |
| 2652 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; | |
| 2653 int saved_c_extra = 0; | |
| 2654 int saved_char_attr = 0; | |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ | |
| 2657 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ | |
| 2658 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ | |
| 2659 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ | |
| 2660 | |
| 2661 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ | |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ | |
| 2664 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ | |
| 2665 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ | |
| 2666 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 2667 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
| 1813 | 2668 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; |
| 7 | 2669 #endif |
| 2670 pos_T pos; | |
| 2671 long v; | |
| 2672 | |
| 2673 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ | |
| 674 | 2674 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ |
| 7 | 2675 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting |
| 2676 in this line */ | |
| 2677 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ | |
| 2678 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ | |
| 2679 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ | |
| 2680 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 743 | 2681 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ |
| 7 | 2682 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ |
| 2683 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ | |
| 2684 int save_did_emsg; | |
| 1437 | 2685 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2686 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2687 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ |
| 743 | 2688 #endif |
| 2689 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 221 | 2690 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ |
| 348 | 2691 # define SPWORDLEN 150 |
| 2692 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ | |
| 353 | 2693 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ |
| 2694 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line | |
| 348 | 2695 starts */ |
| 221 | 2696 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ |
| 2697 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ | |
| 378 | 2698 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ |
| 2699 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which | |
| 348 | 2700 * there are no spell errors */ |
| 386 | 2701 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ |
| 2702 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ | |
| 348 | 2703 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ |
| 7 | 2704 #endif |
| 2705 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ | |
| 2706 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2707 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ | |
| 2708 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ | |
| 2709 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ | |
| 2710 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ | |
| 714 | 2711 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ |
| 7 | 2712 #endif |
| 2713 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2714 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ | |
| 2715 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ | |
| 534 | 2716 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ |
| 7 | 2717 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ |
| 2718 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ | |
| 2719 #endif | |
| 2720 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ | |
| 2721 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 2722 int need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
| 2723 #endif | |
| 910 | 2724 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \ |
| 2725 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
| 7 | 2726 # define LINE_ATTR |
| 1536 | 2727 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ |
| 7 | 2728 #endif |
| 2729 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1326 | 2730 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 2731 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 2732 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
| 2733 has been processed or not */ | |
| 2734 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol | |
| 2735 equals startcol of search_hl or one | |
| 2736 of the matches */ | |
| 7 | 2737 #endif |
| 2738 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2739 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 2740 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
| 2741 #endif | |
| 910 | 2742 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 2743 int did_line_attr = 0; |
| 2744 #endif | |
| 7 | 2745 |
| 2746 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ | |
| 2747 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ | |
| 2748 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2749 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ | |
| 2750 #else | |
| 2751 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START | |
| 2752 #endif | |
| 2753 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2754 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ | |
| 2755 #else | |
| 2756 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE | |
| 2757 #endif | |
| 2758 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2759 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ | |
| 2760 #else | |
| 2761 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ | |
| 2762 #endif | |
| 2763 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ | |
| 2764 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
| 2765 # define WL_SBR WL_NR + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ | |
| 2766 #else | |
| 2767 # define WL_SBR WL_NR | |
| 2768 #endif | |
| 2769 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ | |
| 2770 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ | |
| 574 | 2771 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 2772 int feedback_col = 0; |
| 2773 int feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
| 2774 #endif | |
| 2775 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2776 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2777 int syntax_flags = 0; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
2778 int syntax_id = 0; |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
2779 int prev_syntax_id = 0; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2780 int conceal_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CONCEAL); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2781 int is_concealing = FALSE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2782 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2783 wrapping */ |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2784 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2785 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2786 #else |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2787 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2788 #endif |
| 7 | 2789 |
| 2790 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ | |
| 2791 return startrow; | |
| 2792 | |
| 2793 row = startrow; | |
| 2794 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); | |
| 2795 | |
| 2796 /* | |
| 2797 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, | |
| 2798 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. | |
| 2799 */ | |
| 2800 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 2801 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; | |
| 2802 #else | |
| 2803 extra_check = 0; | |
| 2804 #endif | |
| 2805 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2806 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error) |
| 7 | 2807 { |
| 2808 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an | |
| 2809 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ | |
| 2810 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
| 2811 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 2812 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
| 2813 if (did_emsg) | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2814 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
| 7 | 2815 else |
| 2816 { | |
| 2817 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
| 2818 has_syntax = TRUE; | |
| 2819 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 2820 } | |
| 2821 } | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2822 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2823 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2824 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2825 if (color_cols != NULL) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2826 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
| 743 | 2827 #endif |
| 2828 | |
| 2829 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 258 | 2830 if (wp->w_p_spell |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2831 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2832 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2833 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) |
| 221 | 2834 { |
| 2835 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ | |
| 2836 has_spell = TRUE; | |
| 2837 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 348 | 2838 |
| 2839 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next | |
| 2840 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". | |
| 2841 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ | |
| 2842 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; | |
| 2843 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 2844 { | |
| 2845 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 2846 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); | |
| 2847 } | |
| 2848 | |
| 2849 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current | |
| 2850 * line is valid. */ | |
| 2851 if (lnum == checked_lnum) | |
| 2852 cur_checked_col = checked_col; | |
| 2853 checked_lnum = 0; | |
| 386 | 2854 |
| 2855 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a | |
| 2856 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check | |
| 2857 * the first word. */ | |
| 2858 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) | |
| 2859 cap_col = -1; | |
| 2860 if (lnum == 1) | |
| 2861 cap_col = 0; | |
| 2862 capcol_lnum = 0; | |
| 221 | 2863 } |
| 7 | 2864 #endif |
| 2865 | |
| 2866 /* | |
| 2867 * handle visual active in this window | |
| 2868 */ | |
| 2869 fromcol = -10; | |
| 2870 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 2871 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 2872 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 2873 { | |
| 2874 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2875 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
| 2876 { | |
| 2877 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2878 bot = &VIsual; | |
| 2879 } | |
| 2880 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2881 { | |
| 2882 top = &VIsual; | |
| 2883 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2884 } | |
| 1813 | 2885 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); |
| 7 | 2886 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ |
| 2887 { | |
| 1813 | 2888 if (lnum_in_visual_area) |
| 7 | 2889 { |
| 2890 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; | |
| 2891 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; | |
| 2892 } | |
| 2893 } | |
| 2894 else /* non-block mode */ | |
| 2895 { | |
| 2896 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) | |
| 2897 fromcol = 0; | |
| 2898 else if (lnum == top->lnum) | |
| 2899 { | |
| 2900 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ | |
| 2901 fromcol = 0; | |
| 2902 else | |
| 2903 { | |
| 2904 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 2905 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) | |
| 2906 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
| 2907 } | |
| 2908 } | |
| 2909 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) | |
| 2910 { | |
| 2911 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 | |
| 2912 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2913 && bot->coladd == 0 | |
| 2914 #endif | |
| 2915 ) | |
| 2916 { | |
| 2917 fromcol = -10; | |
| 2918 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 2919 } | |
| 36 | 2920 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) |
| 2921 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 2922 else |
| 2923 { | |
| 2924 pos = *bot; | |
| 2925 if (*p_sel == 'e') | |
| 2926 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 2927 else | |
| 2928 { | |
| 2929 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); | |
| 2930 ++tocol; | |
| 2931 } | |
| 2932 } | |
| 2933 } | |
| 2934 } | |
| 2935 | |
| 2936 #ifndef MSDOS | |
| 2937 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ | |
| 2938 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin | |
| 2939 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2940 && !gui.in_use | |
| 2941 # endif | |
| 2942 ) | |
| 2943 noinvcur = TRUE; | |
| 2944 #endif | |
| 2945 | |
| 2946 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ | |
| 2947 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
| 2948 { | |
| 2949 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 2950 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V); | |
| 2951 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) | |
| 2952 if (clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned && clip_isautosel()) | |
| 2953 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC); | |
| 2954 #endif | |
| 2955 } | |
| 2956 } | |
| 2957 | |
| 2958 /* | |
| 674 | 2959 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting |
| 7 | 2960 */ |
| 2961 else | |
| 2962 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ | |
| 2963 if (highlight_match | |
| 2964 && wp == curwin | |
| 2965 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 2966 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
| 2967 { | |
| 2968 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 2969 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), | |
| 2970 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 2971 else | |
| 2972 fromcol = 0; | |
| 2973 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
| 2974 { | |
| 2975 pos.lnum = lnum; | |
| 2976 pos.col = search_match_endcol; | |
| 2977 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 2978 } | |
| 2979 else | |
| 2980 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 1850 | 2981 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ |
| 2982 if (fromcol == tocol) | |
| 2983 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
| 7 | 2984 area_highlighting = TRUE; |
| 2985 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I); | |
| 2986 } | |
| 2987 | |
| 2988 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2989 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); | |
| 2990 if (filler_lines < 0) | |
| 2991 { | |
| 2992 if (filler_lines == -1) | |
| 2993 { | |
| 2994 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) | |
| 2995 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
| 2996 else if (change_start == 0) | |
| 2997 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ | |
| 2998 else | |
| 2999 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ | |
| 3000 } | |
| 3001 else | |
| 3002 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
| 3003 filler_lines = 0; | |
| 3004 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3005 } | |
| 3006 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 3007 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 3008 filler_todo = filler_lines; | |
| 3009 #endif | |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 3012 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 3013 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ | |
| 3014 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); | |
| 3015 if (v != 0) | |
| 3016 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); | |
| 3017 # endif | |
| 3018 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 3019 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ | |
| 644 | 3020 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) |
| 7 | 3021 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); |
| 3022 # endif | |
| 3023 if (line_attr != 0) | |
| 3024 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3025 #endif | |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3028 ptr = line; | |
| 3029 | |
| 743 | 3030 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 348 | 3031 if (has_spell) |
| 3032 { | |
| 386 | 3033 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ |
| 3034 if (cap_col == 0) | |
| 835 | 3035 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 386 | 3036 |
| 348 | 3037 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the |
| 3038 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was | |
| 3039 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ | |
| 3040 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) | |
| 3041 { | |
| 3042 /* No next line or it is empty. */ | |
| 3043 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3044 nextline_idx = 0; | |
| 3045 } | |
| 3046 else | |
| 3047 { | |
| 835 | 3048 v = (long)STRLEN(line); |
| 348 | 3049 if (v < SPWORDLEN) |
| 3050 { | |
| 3051 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the | |
| 3052 * next line. */ | |
| 3053 nextlinecol = 0; | |
| 3054 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); | |
| 1621 | 3055 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); |
| 348 | 3056 nextline_idx = v + 1; |
| 3057 } | |
| 3058 else | |
| 3059 { | |
| 3060 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ | |
| 3061 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; | |
| 3062 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); | |
| 3063 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; | |
| 3064 } | |
| 3065 } | |
| 3066 } | |
| 3067 #endif | |
| 3068 | |
| 7 | 3069 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ |
| 3070 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail) | |
| 3071 { | |
| 3072 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3073 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1])) | |
| 3074 --trailcol; | |
| 3075 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); | |
| 3076 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 3077 } | |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 /* | |
| 3080 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the | |
| 3081 * first character to be displayed. | |
| 3082 */ | |
| 3083 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 3084 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 3085 else | |
| 3086 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
| 3087 if (v > 0) | |
| 3088 { | |
| 3089 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3090 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 3091 #endif | |
| 3092 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 3093 { | |
| 3094 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); | |
| 3095 vcol += c; | |
| 3096 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3097 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 39 | 3098 #endif |
| 3099 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); | |
| 7 | 3100 } |
| 3101 | |
| 1984 | 3102 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL) |
| 3103 /* When: | |
| 3104 * - 'cuc' is set, or | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3105 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or |
| 1984 | 3106 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or |
| 3107 * - the visual mode is active, | |
| 3108 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. | |
| 3109 */ | |
| 3110 if (vcol < v && ( | |
| 3111 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3112 wp->w_p_cuc | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3113 || draw_color_col |
| 1984 | 3114 # if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL) |
| 3115 || | |
| 3116 # endif | |
| 3117 # endif | |
| 3118 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3119 virtual_active() | |
| 3120 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 3121 || | |
| 3122 # endif | |
| 3123 # endif | |
| 3124 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 3125 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 3126 # endif | |
| 3127 )) | |
| 3128 { | |
| 7 | 3129 vcol = v; |
| 1984 | 3130 } |
| 7 | 3131 #endif |
| 3132 | |
| 3133 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at | |
| 3134 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ | |
| 3135 if (vcol > v) | |
| 3136 { | |
| 3137 vcol -= c; | |
| 3138 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3139 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 3140 #else | |
| 3141 --ptr; | |
| 3142 #endif | |
| 3143 n_skip = v - vcol; | |
| 3144 } | |
| 3145 | |
| 3146 /* | |
| 3147 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, | |
| 3148 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. | |
| 3149 */ | |
| 3150 if (tocol <= vcol) | |
| 3151 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3152 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) | |
| 3153 fromcol = vcol; | |
| 3154 | |
| 3155 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3156 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ | |
| 3157 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 3158 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
| 3159 #endif | |
| 743 | 3160 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 499 | 3161 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the |
| 3162 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ | |
| 3163 if (has_spell) | |
| 3164 { | |
| 3165 int len; | |
| 1536 | 3166 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); |
| 534 | 3167 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 499 | 3168 |
| 3169 pos = wp->w_cursor; | |
| 3170 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 1536 | 3171 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; |
| 534 | 3172 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); |
| 1536 | 3173 |
| 3174 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ | |
| 3175 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3176 ptr = line + linecol; | |
| 3177 | |
| 530 | 3178 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) |
| 499 | 3179 { |
| 3180 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a | |
| 3181 * word */ | |
| 534 | 3182 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3183 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) |
| 1536 | 3184 - line + 1); |
| 499 | 3185 } |
| 3186 else | |
| 534 | 3187 { |
| 499 | 3188 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ |
| 3189 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; | |
| 3190 | |
| 534 | 3191 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
| 3192 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
| 3193 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
| 3194 } | |
| 499 | 3195 wp->w_cursor = pos; |
| 501 | 3196 |
| 743 | 3197 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 501 | 3198 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ |
| 3199 if (has_syntax) | |
| 3200 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
| 743 | 3201 # endif |
| 499 | 3202 } |
| 3203 #endif | |
| 7 | 3204 } |
| 3205 | |
| 3206 /* | |
| 3207 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. | |
| 3208 * Avoids having to check this for each character. | |
| 3209 */ | |
| 3210 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
| 3211 { | |
| 3212 if (noinvcur) | |
| 3213 { | |
| 3214 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) | |
| 3215 { | |
| 3216 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the | |
| 3217 * cursor */ | |
| 3218 fromcol_prev = fromcol; | |
| 3219 fromcol = -1; | |
| 3220 } | |
| 3221 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) | |
| 3222 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ | |
| 3223 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 3224 } | |
| 3225 if (fromcol >= tocol) | |
| 3226 fromcol = -1; | |
| 3227 } | |
| 3228 | |
| 3229 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 3230 /* | |
| 1326 | 3231 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. |
| 3232 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. | |
| 7 | 3233 */ |
| 1326 | 3234 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 3235 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3236 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3237 { | |
| 3238 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3239 { | |
| 3240 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 3241 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 3242 } | |
| 3243 else | |
| 3244 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 36 | 3245 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; |
| 3246 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 3247 shl->attr_cur = 0; |
| 3248 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) | |
| 3249 { | |
| 3250 v = (long)(ptr - line); | |
| 3251 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v); | |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it | |
| 3254 * invalid. */ | |
| 3255 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3256 ptr = line + v; | |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) | |
| 3259 { | |
| 3260 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 36 | 3261 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3262 else |
| 36 | 3263 shl->startcol = 0; |
| 7 | 3264 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum |
| 3265 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) | |
| 36 | 3266 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3267 else |
| 36 | 3268 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; |
| 7 | 3269 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ |
| 36 | 3270 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) |
| 7 | 3271 { |
| 3272 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 36 | 3273 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) |
| 474 | 3274 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); |
| 7 | 3275 else |
| 3276 #endif | |
| 36 | 3277 ++shl->endcol; |
| 7 | 3278 } |
| 36 | 3279 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ |
| 7 | 3280 { |
| 3281 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; | |
| 3282 search_attr = shl->attr; | |
| 3283 } | |
| 3284 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3285 } | |
| 3286 } | |
| 1326 | 3287 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 3288 cur = cur->next; | |
| 7 | 3289 } |
| 3290 #endif | |
| 3291 | |
| 743 | 3292 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 818 | 3293 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline'. Not when Visual mode is |
| 3294 * active, because it's not clear what is selected then. */ | |
| 3295 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && !VIsual_active) | |
| 743 | 3296 { |
| 3297 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL); | |
| 3298 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3299 } | |
| 3300 #endif | |
| 3301 | |
| 504 | 3302 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); |
| 7 | 3303 col = 0; |
| 3304 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3305 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3306 { | |
| 3307 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put | |
| 3308 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the | |
| 3309 * rightmost column of the window. */ | |
| 3310 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; | |
| 3311 off += col; | |
| 3312 } | |
| 3313 #endif | |
| 3314 | |
| 3315 /* | |
| 3316 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. | |
| 3317 */ | |
| 3318 for (;;) | |
| 3319 { | |
| 3320 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ | |
| 3321 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) | |
| 3322 { | |
| 3323 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 3324 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3325 { | |
| 3326 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; | |
| 3327 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 3328 { | |
| 3329 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ | |
| 3330 n_extra = 1; | |
| 1340 | 3331 c_extra = cmdwin_type; |
| 7 | 3332 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); |
| 3333 } | |
| 3334 } | |
| 3335 #endif | |
| 3336 | |
| 3337 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3338 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3339 { | |
| 3340 draw_state = WL_FOLD; | |
| 3341 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 3342 { | |
| 3343 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */ | |
| 3344 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum); | |
| 3345 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 3346 p_extra = extra; | |
| 1340 | 3347 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL; |
| 7 | 3348 c_extra = NUL; |
| 3349 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC); | |
| 3350 } | |
| 3351 } | |
| 3352 #endif | |
| 3353 | |
| 3354 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 3355 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3356 { | |
| 3357 draw_state = WL_SIGN; | |
| 3358 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this | |
| 3359 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ | |
| 3360 if (draw_signcolumn(wp) | |
| 3361 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3362 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 3363 # endif | |
| 3364 ) | |
| 3365 { | |
| 3366 int_u text_sign; | |
| 3367 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
| 3368 int_u icon_sign; | |
| 3369 # endif | |
| 3370 | |
| 3371 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ | |
| 3372 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 3373 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC); | |
| 3374 n_extra = 2; | |
| 3375 | |
| 3376 if (row == startrow) | |
| 3377 { | |
| 3378 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
| 3379 SIGN_TEXT); | |
| 3380 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
| 3381 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
| 3382 SIGN_ICON); | |
| 3383 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) | |
| 3384 { | |
| 3385 /* Use the image in this position. */ | |
| 3386 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; | |
| 3387 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 3388 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) | |
| 3389 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; | |
| 3390 # endif | |
| 3391 char_attr = icon_sign; | |
| 3392 } | |
| 3393 else | |
| 3394 # endif | |
| 3395 if (text_sign != 0) | |
| 3396 { | |
| 3397 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); | |
| 3398 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
| 3399 { | |
| 3400 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 835 | 3401 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); |
| 7 | 3402 } |
| 3403 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); | |
| 3404 } | |
| 3405 } | |
| 3406 } | |
| 3407 } | |
| 3408 #endif | |
| 3409 | |
| 3410 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3411 { | |
| 3412 draw_state = WL_NR; | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3413 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3414 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3415 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 3416 && (row == startrow |
| 3417 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3418 + filler_lines | |
| 3419 #endif | |
| 3420 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) | |
| 3421 { | |
| 3422 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ | |
| 3423 if (row == startrow | |
| 3424 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3425 + filler_lines | |
| 3426 #endif | |
| 3427 ) | |
| 3428 { | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3429 long num; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3430 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3431 if (wp->w_p_nu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3432 /* 'number' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3433 num = (long)lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3434 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3435 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3436 num = (long)abs((int)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3437 lnum)); |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3438 |
| 13 | 3439 sprintf((char *)extra, "%*ld ", |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3440 number_width(wp), num); |
| 7 | 3441 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) |
| 3442 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) | |
| 3443 *p_extra = '-'; | |
| 3444 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3445 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ | |
| 3446 rl_mirror(extra); | |
| 3447 #endif | |
| 3448 p_extra = extra; | |
| 3449 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3450 } | |
| 3451 else | |
| 3452 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 13 | 3453 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; |
| 7 | 3454 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N); |
| 743 | 3455 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 3456 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of | |
| 3457 * the current line differently. */ | |
| 3458 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 3459 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(hl_attr(HLF_CUL), char_attr); | |
| 3460 #endif | |
| 7 | 3461 } |
| 3462 } | |
| 3463 | |
| 3464 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
| 3465 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3466 { | |
| 3467 draw_state = WL_SBR; | |
| 3468 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3469 if (filler_todo > 0) | |
| 3470 { | |
| 3471 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ | |
| 3472 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
| 3473 c_extra = '-'; | |
| 3474 else | |
| 3475 c_extra = fill_diff; | |
| 3476 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3477 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3478 n_extra = col + 1; | |
| 3479 else | |
| 3480 # endif | |
| 3481 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 3482 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED); | |
| 3483 } | |
| 3484 # endif | |
| 3485 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3486 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) | |
| 3487 { | |
| 3488 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ | |
| 3489 p_extra = p_sbr; | |
| 3490 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3491 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); | |
| 3492 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 3493 need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
| 3494 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', | |
| 3495 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ | |
| 3496 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 3497 tocol += n_extra; | |
| 3498 } | |
| 3499 # endif | |
| 3500 } | |
| 3501 #endif | |
| 3502 | |
| 3503 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3504 { | |
| 3505 draw_state = WL_LINE; | |
| 3506 if (saved_n_extra) | |
| 3507 { | |
| 3508 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ | |
| 3509 n_extra = saved_n_extra; | |
| 3510 c_extra = saved_c_extra; | |
| 3511 p_extra = saved_p_extra; | |
| 3512 char_attr = saved_char_attr; | |
| 3513 } | |
| 3514 else | |
| 3515 char_attr = 0; | |
| 3516 } | |
| 3517 } | |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ | |
| 819 | 3520 if (dollar_vcol != 0 && wp == curwin |
| 3521 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol | |
| 7 | 3522 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 3523 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 3524 #endif | |
| 3525 ) | |
| 3526 { | |
| 3527 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
| 3528 wp->w_p_rl); | |
| 819 | 3529 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when |
| 3530 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ | |
| 3531 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3532 if (wp->w_p_cuc) | |
| 3533 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; | |
| 3534 else | |
| 3535 #endif | |
| 3536 row = wp->w_height; | |
| 7 | 3537 break; |
| 3538 } | |
| 3539 | |
| 3540 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) | |
| 3541 { | |
| 3542 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ | |
| 3543 if (vcol == fromcol | |
| 3544 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3545 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 | |
| 3546 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) | |
| 3547 #endif | |
| 3548 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev | |
| 1814 | 3549 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ |
| 7 | 3550 && vcol < tocol)) |
| 3551 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ | |
| 3552 else if (area_attr != 0 | |
| 3553 && (vcol == tocol | |
| 3554 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) | |
| 3555 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ | |
| 3556 | |
| 3557 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 3558 if (!n_extra) | |
| 3559 { | |
| 3560 /* | |
| 3561 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. | |
| 3562 * After end, check for start/end of next match. | |
| 3563 * When another match, have to check for start again. | |
| 3564 * Watch out for matching an empty string! | |
| 1326 | 3565 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by |
| 3566 * priority). | |
| 7 | 3567 */ |
| 36 | 3568 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 1326 | 3569 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 3570 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3571 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3572 { | |
| 3573 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
| 3574 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 3575 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 3576 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 3577 { | |
| 3578 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 3579 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 3580 } | |
| 3581 else | |
| 3582 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 7 | 3583 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) |
| 3584 { | |
| 36 | 3585 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL |
| 3586 && v >= (long)shl->startcol | |
| 3587 && v < (long)shl->endcol) | |
| 7 | 3588 { |
| 3589 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; | |
| 3590 } | |
| 36 | 3591 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) |
| 7 | 3592 { |
| 3593 shl->attr_cur = 0; | |
| 3594 | |
| 3595 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v); | |
| 3596 | |
| 3597 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp | |
| 3598 * may have made it invalid. */ | |
| 3599 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3600 ptr = line + v; | |
| 3601 | |
| 3602 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 3603 { | |
| 36 | 3604 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3605 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) |
| 36 | 3606 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3607 else |
| 36 | 3608 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; |
| 3609 | |
| 3610 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) | |
| 7 | 3611 { |
| 3612 /* highlight empty match, try again after | |
| 3613 * it */ | |
| 3614 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3615 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 3616 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line |
| 36 | 3617 + shl->endcol); |
| 7 | 3618 else |
| 3619 #endif | |
| 36 | 3620 ++shl->endcol; |
| 7 | 3621 } |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the | |
| 3624 * current position */ | |
| 3625 continue; | |
| 3626 } | |
| 3627 } | |
| 3628 break; | |
| 3629 } | |
| 1326 | 3630 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 3631 cur = cur->next; | |
| 3632 } | |
| 3633 | |
| 3634 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among | |
| 3635 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
| 3636 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; | |
| 3637 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 3638 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3639 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3640 { | |
| 3641 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
| 3642 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 3643 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 3644 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 699 | 3645 { |
| 1326 | 3646 shl = &search_hl; |
| 3647 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 699 | 3648 } |
| 1326 | 3649 else |
| 3650 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 3651 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) | |
| 3652 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; | |
| 3653 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
| 3654 cur = cur->next; | |
| 3655 } | |
| 7 | 3656 } |
| 3657 #endif | |
| 3658 | |
| 3659 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 674 | 3660 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) |
| 7 | 3661 { |
| 1295 | 3662 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start |
| 3663 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 7 | 3664 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ |
| 1295 | 3665 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end |
| 3666 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 7 | 3667 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ |
| 674 | 3668 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
| 3669 } | |
| 3670 #endif | |
| 3671 | |
| 3672 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ | |
| 3673 attr_pri = TRUE; | |
| 3674 if (area_attr != 0) | |
| 3675 char_attr = area_attr; | |
| 3676 else if (search_attr != 0) | |
| 3677 char_attr = search_attr; | |
| 3678 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 3679 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area | |
| 3680 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ | |
| 3681 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) | |
| 1842 | 3682 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev |
| 3683 || vcol >= tocol)) | |
| 674 | 3684 char_attr = line_attr; |
| 3685 #endif | |
| 3686 else | |
| 3687 { | |
| 3688 attr_pri = FALSE; | |
| 3689 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3690 if (has_syntax) | |
| 3691 char_attr = syntax_attr; | |
| 3692 else | |
| 3693 #endif | |
| 3694 char_attr = 0; | |
| 3695 } | |
| 7 | 3696 } |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 /* | |
| 3699 * Get the next character to put on the screen. | |
| 3700 */ | |
| 3701 /* | |
| 1340 | 3702 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to |
| 3703 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other | |
| 3704 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. | |
| 3705 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past | |
| 3706 * "p_extra[n_extra]". | |
| 7 | 3707 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". |
| 3708 */ | |
| 3709 if (n_extra > 0) | |
| 3710 { | |
| 3711 if (c_extra != NUL) | |
| 3712 { | |
| 3713 c = c_extra; | |
| 3714 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3715 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ | |
| 3716 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 3717 { | |
| 3718 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 3719 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 3720 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 3721 } |
| 3722 else | |
| 3723 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 3724 #endif | |
| 3725 } | |
| 3726 else | |
| 3727 { | |
| 3728 c = *p_extra; | |
| 3729 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3730 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3731 { | |
| 3732 mb_c = c; | |
| 3733 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 3734 { | |
| 3735 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: | |
| 3736 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ | |
| 474 | 3737 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra); |
| 7 | 3738 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 3739 if (mb_l > n_extra) | |
| 3740 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3741 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3742 { | |
| 714 | 3743 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); |
| 7 | 3744 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
| 819 | 3745 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 3746 } |
| 3747 } | |
| 3748 else | |
| 3749 { | |
| 3750 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ | |
| 3751 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
| 3752 if (mb_l >= n_extra) | |
| 3753 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3754 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3755 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; | |
| 3756 } | |
| 504 | 3757 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ |
| 3758 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3759 | |
| 7 | 3760 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the |
| 3761 * last column. */ | |
| 504 | 3762 if (( |
| 7 | 3763 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 3764 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
| 3765 # endif | |
| 504 | 3766 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) |
| 7 | 3767 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) |
| 3768 { | |
| 3769 c = '>'; | |
| 3770 mb_c = c; | |
| 3771 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3772 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 3773 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 3774 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width | |
| 3775 * character at the start of the next line. */ | |
| 3776 ++n_extra; | |
| 3777 --p_extra; | |
| 3778 } | |
| 3779 else | |
| 3780 { | |
| 3781 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; | |
| 3782 p_extra += mb_l - 1; | |
| 3783 } | |
| 3784 } | |
| 3785 #endif | |
| 3786 ++p_extra; | |
| 3787 } | |
| 3788 --n_extra; | |
| 3789 } | |
| 3790 else | |
| 3791 { | |
| 3792 /* | |
| 3793 * Get a character from the line itself. | |
| 3794 */ | |
| 3795 c = *ptr; | |
| 3796 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3797 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3798 { | |
| 3799 mb_c = c; | |
| 3800 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 3801 { | |
| 3802 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it | |
| 3803 * into "mb_c". */ | |
| 474 | 3804 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3805 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 3806 if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3807 { | |
| 714 | 3808 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
| 7 | 3809 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char |
| 3810 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ | |
| 3811 if (mb_c < 0x80) | |
| 3812 c = mb_c; | |
| 3813 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 507 | 3814 |
| 3815 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. | |
| 3816 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ | |
| 3817 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) | |
| 3818 { | |
| 1326 | 3819 int i; |
| 3820 | |
| 714 | 3821 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) |
| 3822 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; | |
| 3823 u8cc[0] = mb_c; | |
| 507 | 3824 mb_c = ' '; |
| 3825 } | |
| 7 | 3826 } |
| 3827 | |
| 3828 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) | |
| 3829 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) | |
| 3830 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) | |
| 1401 | 3831 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 3832 || mb_c >= 0x10000 | |
| 3833 # endif | |
| 3834 ))) | |
| 7 | 3835 { |
| 3836 /* | |
| 3837 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. | |
| 3838 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. | |
| 3839 */ | |
| 1401 | 3840 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 3841 if (mb_c < 0x10000) |
| 1401 | 3842 # endif |
| 7 | 3843 { |
| 3844 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); | |
| 714 | 3845 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 7 | 3846 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ |
| 3847 rl_mirror(extra); | |
| 714 | 3848 # endif |
| 7 | 3849 } |
| 1401 | 3850 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 3851 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) |
| 3852 STRCPY(extra, "?"); | |
| 3853 else | |
| 3854 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ | |
| 3855 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); | |
| 1401 | 3856 # endif |
| 7 | 3857 |
| 3858 p_extra = extra; | |
| 3859 c = *p_extra; | |
| 3860 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); | |
| 3861 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); | |
| 3862 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
| 3863 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3864 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 3865 { | |
| 3866 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 3867 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 3868 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 3869 } | |
| 3870 } | |
| 3871 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
| 3872 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3873 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 3874 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) | |
| 3875 { | |
| 3876 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 714 | 3877 int pc, pc1, nc; |
| 3878 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 3879 |
| 3880 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
| 3881 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
| 3882 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3883 { | |
| 3884 pc = prev_c; | |
| 3885 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
| 3886 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); | |
| 714 | 3887 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
| 7 | 3888 } |
| 3889 else | |
| 3890 { | |
| 714 | 3891 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); |
| 7 | 3892 nc = prev_c; |
| 714 | 3893 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7 | 3894 } |
| 3895 prev_c = mb_c; | |
| 3896 | |
| 714 | 3897 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); |
| 7 | 3898 } |
| 3899 else | |
| 3900 prev_c = mb_c; | |
| 3901 #endif | |
| 3902 } | |
| 3903 else /* enc_dbcs */ | |
| 3904 { | |
| 3905 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
| 3906 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
| 3907 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3908 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3909 { | |
| 3910 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. | |
| 3911 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! | |
| 3912 */ | |
| 3913 if (ptr[1] >= 32) | |
| 3914 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; | |
| 3915 else | |
| 3916 { | |
| 3917 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 3918 { | |
| 3919 /* head byte at end of line */ | |
| 3920 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3921 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); | |
| 3922 } | |
| 3923 else | |
| 3924 { | |
| 3925 /* illegal tail byte */ | |
| 3926 mb_l = 2; | |
| 3927 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); | |
| 3928 } | |
| 3929 p_extra = extra; | |
| 3930 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; | |
| 3931 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3932 c = *p_extra++; | |
| 3933 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 3934 { | |
| 3935 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 3936 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 3937 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 3938 } | |
| 3939 mb_c = c; | |
| 3940 } | |
| 3941 } | |
| 3942 } | |
| 3943 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the | |
| 3944 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the | |
| 3945 * next line. */ | |
| 3946 if (( | |
| 3947 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3948 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
| 3949 # endif | |
| 3950 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) | |
| 3951 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) | |
| 3952 { | |
| 3953 c = '>'; | |
| 3954 mb_c = c; | |
| 3955 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 3956 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3957 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 3958 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be | |
| 3959 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ | |
| 3960 --ptr; | |
| 3961 } | |
| 3962 else if (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3963 ptr += mb_l - 1; | |
| 3964 | |
| 3965 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display | |
| 3966 * a '<' in the first column. */ | |
| 3967 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1) | |
| 3968 { | |
| 3969 n_extra = 1; | |
| 1340 | 3970 c_extra = '<'; |
| 7 | 3971 c = ' '; |
| 3972 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 3973 { | |
| 3974 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 3975 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 3976 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 3977 } | |
| 3978 mb_c = c; | |
| 3979 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 3980 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3981 } | |
| 3982 | |
| 3983 } | |
| 3984 #endif | |
| 3985 ++ptr; | |
| 3986 | |
| 12 | 3987 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */ |
| 819 | 3988 if (wp->w_p_list && (c == 160 |
| 3989 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3990 || (mb_utf8 && mb_c == 160) | |
| 3991 #endif | |
| 3992 ) && lcs_nbsp) | |
| 12 | 3993 { |
| 3994 c = lcs_nbsp; | |
| 3995 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 3996 { | |
| 3997 n_attr = 1; | |
| 3998 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 3999 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4000 } | |
| 4001 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4002 mb_c = c; | |
| 4003 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4004 { | |
| 4005 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4006 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4007 c = 0xc0; |
| 12 | 4008 } |
| 4009 else | |
| 4010 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4011 #endif | |
| 4012 } | |
| 4013 | |
| 7 | 4014 if (extra_check) |
| 4015 { | |
| 743 | 4016 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 4017 int can_spell = TRUE; |
| 743 | 4018 #endif |
| 4019 | |
| 4020 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 7 | 4021 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line |
| 4022 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ | |
| 221 | 4023 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 4024 if (has_syntax && v > 0) | |
| 7 | 4025 { |
| 4026 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there | |
| 4027 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ | |
| 4028 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
| 4029 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 4030 | |
| 221 | 4031 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, |
| 743 | 4032 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4033 has_spell ? &can_spell : |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4034 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4035 NULL, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4036 |
| 4037 if (did_emsg) | |
| 482 | 4038 { |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4039 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
| 482 | 4040 has_syntax = FALSE; |
| 4041 } | |
| 7 | 4042 else |
| 4043 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
| 4044 | |
| 4045 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may | |
| 4046 * have made it invalid. */ | |
| 4047 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 4048 ptr = line + v; | |
| 4049 | |
| 674 | 4050 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4051 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
| 301 | 4052 else |
| 303 | 4053 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); |
|
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4054 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4055 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4056 * with line highlighting */ |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4057 if (c == NUL) |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4058 syntax_flags = 0; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4059 else |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4060 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_id); |
|
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4061 # endif |
| 7 | 4062 } |
| 743 | 4063 #endif |
| 4064 | |
| 4065 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 301 | 4066 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). |
| 319 | 4067 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the |
| 4068 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item | |
| 4069 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ | |
| 348 | 4070 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) |
| 221 | 4071 { |
| 230 | 4072 spell_attr = 0; |
| 743 | 4073 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 674 | 4074 if (!attr_pri) |
| 230 | 4075 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
| 743 | 4076 # endif |
| 4077 if (c != 0 && ( | |
| 4078 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 4079 !has_syntax || | |
| 4080 # endif | |
| 4081 can_spell)) | |
| 221 | 4082 { |
| 348 | 4083 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; |
| 4084 int len; | |
| 534 | 4085 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 221 | 4086 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 336 | 4087 if (has_mbyte) |
| 4088 { | |
| 4089 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; | |
| 4090 v -= mb_l - 1; | |
| 4091 } | |
| 4092 else | |
| 221 | 4093 # endif |
| 336 | 4094 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; |
| 348 | 4095 |
| 4096 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the | |
| 4097 * next line concatenated. */ | |
| 4098 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) | |
| 4099 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; | |
| 4100 else | |
| 4101 p = prev_ptr; | |
| 835 | 4102 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
| 625 | 4103 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, |
| 4104 nochange); | |
| 348 | 4105 word_end = v + len; |
| 301 | 4106 |
| 4107 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that | |
| 4108 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ | |
| 534 | 4109 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT |
| 301 | 4110 && (State & INSERT) != 0 |
| 4111 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum | |
| 4112 && wp->w_cursor.col >= | |
| 4113 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) | |
| 4114 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) | |
| 221 | 4115 { |
| 534 | 4116 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 301 | 4117 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; |
| 221 | 4118 } |
| 348 | 4119 |
| 534 | 4120 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr |
| 348 | 4121 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) |
| 4122 { | |
| 4123 /* Remember that the good word continues at the | |
| 4124 * start of the next line. */ | |
| 4125 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 835 | 4126 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); |
| 348 | 4127 } |
| 386 | 4128 |
| 534 | 4129 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
| 4130 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
| 4131 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
| 4132 | |
| 386 | 4133 if (cap_col > 0) |
| 4134 { | |
| 4135 if (p != prev_ptr | |
| 4136 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) | |
| 4137 { | |
| 4138 /* Remember that the word in the next line | |
| 4139 * must start with a capital. */ | |
| 4140 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 835 | 4141 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col |
| 4142 - nextline_idx); | |
| 386 | 4143 } |
| 4144 else | |
| 4145 /* Compute the actual column. */ | |
| 835 | 4146 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
| 386 | 4147 } |
| 221 | 4148 } |
| 4149 } | |
| 4150 if (spell_attr != 0) | |
| 348 | 4151 { |
| 674 | 4152 if (!attr_pri) |
| 348 | 4153 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); |
| 4154 else | |
| 4155 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); | |
| 4156 } | |
| 7 | 4157 #endif |
| 4158 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 4159 /* | |
| 221 | 4160 * Found last space before word: check for line break. |
| 7 | 4161 */ |
| 4162 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr) | |
| 819 | 4163 && !wp->w_p_list) |
| 7 | 4164 { |
| 4165 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr - ( | |
| 4166 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4167 has_mbyte ? mb_l : | |
| 4168 # endif | |
| 4169 1), (colnr_T)vcol, NULL) - 1; | |
| 4170 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 4171 if (vim_iswhite(c)) | |
| 4172 c = ' '; | |
| 4173 } | |
| 4174 #endif | |
| 4175 | |
| 4176 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') | |
| 4177 { | |
| 4178 c = lcs_trail; | |
| 674 | 4179 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4180 { |
| 4181 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4182 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4183 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4184 } | |
| 4185 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4186 mb_c = c; | |
| 4187 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4188 { | |
| 4189 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4190 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4191 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4192 } |
| 4193 else | |
| 4194 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4195 #endif | |
| 4196 } | |
| 4197 } | |
| 4198 | |
| 4199 /* | |
| 4200 * Handling of non-printable characters. | |
| 4201 */ | |
| 819 | 4202 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR)) |
| 7 | 4203 { |
| 4204 /* | |
| 4205 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to | |
| 4206 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it | |
| 4207 * into "ScreenLines". | |
| 4208 */ | |
| 4209 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
| 4210 { | |
| 4211 /* tab amount depends on current column */ | |
| 4212 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts | |
| 4213 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; | |
| 4214 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4215 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4216 #endif | |
| 4217 if (wp->w_p_list) | |
| 4218 { | |
| 4219 c = lcs_tab1; | |
| 4220 c_extra = lcs_tab2; | |
| 4221 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4222 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4223 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4224 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4225 mb_c = c; | |
| 4226 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4227 { | |
| 4228 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4229 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4230 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4231 } |
| 4232 #endif | |
| 4233 } | |
| 4234 else | |
| 4235 { | |
| 4236 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 4237 c = ' '; | |
| 4238 } | |
| 4239 } | |
| 36 | 4240 else if (c == NUL |
| 4241 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) | |
| 4242 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) | |
| 4243 && tocol > vcol | |
| 39 | 4244 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 36 | 4245 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V |
| 39 | 4246 #endif |
| 36 | 4247 && ( |
| 4248 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4249 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4250 # endif | |
| 4251 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
| 4252 && !(noinvcur | |
| 1850 | 4253 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 36 | 4254 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) |
| 4255 && lcs_eol_one >= 0) | |
| 7 | 4256 { |
| 36 | 4257 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra |
| 4258 * character if the line break is included. */ | |
| 7 | 4259 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 4260 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the | |
| 4261 * "$". */ | |
| 4262 if ( | |
| 4263 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 534 | 4264 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 |
| 7 | 4265 # ifdef LINE_ATTR |
| 4266 && | |
| 4267 # endif | |
| 4268 # endif | |
| 4269 # ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 4270 line_attr == 0 | |
| 4271 # endif | |
| 4272 ) | |
| 4273 #endif | |
| 4274 { | |
| 4275 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 4276 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend | |
| 4277 * beyond end of line. */ | |
| 4278 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() | |
| 4279 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) | |
| 4280 n_extra = 0; | |
| 4281 else | |
| 4282 #endif | |
| 4283 { | |
| 4284 p_extra = at_end_str; | |
| 4285 n_extra = 1; | |
| 4286 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4287 } | |
| 4288 } | |
| 36 | 4289 if (wp->w_p_list) |
| 4290 c = lcs_eol; | |
| 4291 else | |
| 4292 c = ' '; | |
| 7 | 4293 lcs_eol_one = -1; |
| 4294 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 674 | 4295 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4296 { |
| 4297 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4298 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4299 } | |
| 4300 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4301 mb_c = c; | |
| 4302 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4303 { | |
| 4304 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4305 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4306 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4307 } |
| 4308 else | |
| 4309 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4310 #endif | |
| 4311 } | |
| 4312 else if (c != NUL) | |
| 4313 { | |
| 4314 p_extra = transchar(c); | |
| 4315 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4316 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4317 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ | |
| 4318 #endif | |
| 4319 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; | |
| 4320 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4321 c = *p_extra++; | |
| 674 | 4322 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4323 { |
| 4324 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4325 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4326 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4327 } | |
| 4328 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4329 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4330 #endif | |
| 4331 } | |
| 4332 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 4333 else if (VIsual_active | |
| 4334 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V | |
| 4335 || VIsual_mode == 'v') | |
| 4336 && virtual_active() | |
| 4337 && tocol != MAXCOL | |
| 4338 && vcol < tocol | |
| 4339 && ( | |
| 4340 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4341 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4342 # endif | |
| 4343 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) | |
| 4344 { | |
| 4345 c = ' '; | |
| 4346 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 4347 } | |
| 4348 #endif | |
| 910 | 4349 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 7 | 4350 else if (( |
| 4351 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 910 | 4352 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || |
| 7 | 4353 # endif |
| 4354 line_attr != 0 | |
| 4355 ) && ( | |
| 4356 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4357 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4358 # endif | |
| 4359 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) | |
| 4360 { | |
| 4361 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ | |
| 4362 c = ' '; | |
| 4363 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 867 | 4364 |
| 4365 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ | |
| 4366 ++did_line_attr; | |
| 4367 | |
| 4368 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ | |
| 4369 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0) | |
| 4370 char_attr = line_attr; | |
| 7 | 4371 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 4372 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) | |
| 4373 { | |
| 4374 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; | |
| 4375 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) | |
| 4376 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); | |
| 4377 } | |
| 4378 # endif | |
| 4379 } | |
| 4380 #endif | |
| 4381 } | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4382 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4383 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2349
586a459f3980
Never hide text for conceal in cursor line. Do hide when there is
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
4384 if ( wp->w_p_conc > 0 |
|
586a459f3980
Never hide text for conceal in cursor line. Do hide when there is
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
4385 && (lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || curwin != wp) |
|
586a459f3980
Never hide text for conceal in cursor line. Do hide when there is
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
4386 && (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4387 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4388 char_attr = conceal_attr; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4389 if (prev_syntax_id != syntax_id |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4390 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || wp->w_p_conc == 1) |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4391 && wp->w_p_conc != 3) |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4392 { |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4393 /* First time at this concealed item: display one |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4394 * character. */ |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4395 if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4396 c = syn_get_sub_char(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4397 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4398 c = lcs_conceal; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4399 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4400 c = ' '; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4401 |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4402 prev_syntax_id = syntax_id; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4403 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4404 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4405 vcol_off += n_extra; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4406 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4407 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4408 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4409 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4410 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4411 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4412 col -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4413 boguscols -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4414 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4415 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4416 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4417 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4418 boguscols += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4419 col += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4420 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4421 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4422 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4423 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4424 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4425 else if (n_skip == 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4426 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4427 is_concealing = TRUE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4428 n_skip = 1; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4429 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4430 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4431 mb_c = c; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4432 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4433 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4434 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4435 u8cc[0] = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4436 c = 0xc0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4437 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4438 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4439 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4440 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4441 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4442 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4443 { |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4444 prev_syntax_id = 0; |
|
2348
8878a9f8db87
Rename w_p_conceal to w_p_conc for consistency.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2346
diff
changeset
|
4445 is_concealing = FALSE; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4446 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4447 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
| 7 | 4448 } |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ | |
| 4451 if (n_attr > 0 | |
| 4452 && draw_state == WL_LINE | |
| 674 | 4453 && !attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4454 char_attr = extra_attr; |
| 4455 | |
| 42 | 4456 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 4457 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send |
| 4458 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use | |
| 4459 * im_is_preediting() here. */ | |
| 4460 if (xic != NULL | |
| 1850 | 4461 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 7 | 4462 && (State & INSERT) |
| 4463 && !p_imdisable | |
| 4464 && im_is_preediting() | |
| 4465 && draw_state == WL_LINE) | |
| 4466 { | |
| 4467 colnr_T tcol; | |
| 4468 | |
| 4469 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) | |
| 1850 | 4470 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); |
| 7 | 4471 else |
| 4472 tcol = preedit_end_col; | |
| 4473 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) | |
| 4474 { | |
| 4475 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) | |
| 4476 { | |
| 4477 feedback_col = 0; | |
| 4478 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; | |
| 4479 } | |
| 4480 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); | |
| 4481 if (char_attr < 0) | |
| 4482 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
| 4483 feedback_col++; | |
| 4484 } | |
| 4485 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) | |
| 4486 { | |
| 4487 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
| 4488 feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
| 4489 feedback_col = 0; | |
| 4490 } | |
| 4491 } | |
| 4492 #endif | |
| 4493 /* | |
| 4494 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first | |
| 4495 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a | |
| 4496 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". | |
| 4497 */ | |
| 4498 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL | |
| 4499 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) | |
| 4500 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 4501 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 4502 #endif | |
| 4503 && draw_state > WL_NR | |
| 4504 && c != NUL) | |
| 4505 { | |
| 4506 c = lcs_prec; | |
| 4507 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; | |
| 4508 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4509 mb_c = c; | |
| 4510 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4511 { | |
| 4512 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4513 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4514 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4515 } |
| 4516 else | |
| 4517 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4518 #endif | |
| 674 | 4519 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4520 { |
| 4521 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4522 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ | |
| 4523 n_attr3 = 1; | |
| 4524 } | |
| 4525 } | |
| 4526 | |
| 4527 /* | |
| 867 | 4528 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. |
| 7 | 4529 */ |
| 867 | 4530 if (c == NUL |
| 910 | 4531 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 4532 || did_line_attr == 1 |
| 4533 #endif | |
| 4534 ) | |
| 4535 { | |
| 4536 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 4537 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); | |
| 1437 | 4538 |
| 4539 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ | |
| 1439 | 4540 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) |
| 1437 | 4541 ++prevcol; |
| 867 | 4542 #endif |
| 4543 | |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4544 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or |
| 7 | 4545 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last |
| 4546 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not | |
| 4547 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ | |
| 1326 | 4548 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 4549 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 4550 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) | |
| 4551 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 4552 else | |
| 4553 { | |
| 4554 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 4555 while (cur != NULL) | |
| 4556 { | |
| 4557 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) | |
| 4558 { | |
| 4559 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 4560 break; | |
| 4561 } | |
| 4562 cur = cur->next; | |
| 4563 } | |
| 4564 } | |
| 4565 #endif | |
| 7 | 4566 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one |
| 1850 | 4567 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol |
| 4568 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 4569 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V | |
| 4570 || lnum == VIsual.lnum | |
| 4571 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 4572 #endif | |
| 4573 && c == NUL) | |
| 7 | 4574 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 4575 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ | |
| 1326 | 4576 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE |
| 910 | 4577 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 4578 && did_line_attr <= 1 |
| 4579 # endif | |
| 4580 ) | |
| 7 | 4581 #endif |
| 4582 )) | |
| 4583 { | |
| 4584 int n = 0; | |
| 4585 | |
| 4586 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4587 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4588 { | |
| 4589 if (col < 0) | |
| 4590 n = 1; | |
| 4591 } | |
| 4592 else | |
| 4593 #endif | |
| 4594 { | |
| 4595 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 4596 n = -1; | |
| 4597 } | |
| 4598 if (n != 0) | |
| 4599 { | |
| 4600 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character | |
| 4601 * instead (better than nothing). */ | |
| 4602 off += n; | |
| 4603 col += n; | |
| 4604 } | |
| 4605 else | |
| 4606 { | |
| 4607 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ | |
| 4608 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 4609 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4610 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4611 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 4612 #endif | |
| 4613 } | |
| 4614 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 4615 if (area_attr == 0) | |
| 4616 { | |
| 1326 | 4617 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among |
| 4618 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
| 4619 char_attr = search_hl.attr; | |
| 4620 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 4621 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 4622 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 699 | 4623 { |
| 1326 | 4624 if (shl_flag == FALSE |
| 4625 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 4626 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 4627 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 699 | 4628 { |
| 1326 | 4629 shl = &search_hl; |
| 4630 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 699 | 4631 } |
| 1326 | 4632 else |
| 4633 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 4634 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol) | |
| 4635 char_attr = shl->attr; | |
| 4636 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
| 4637 cur = cur->next; | |
| 699 | 4638 } |
| 7 | 4639 } |
| 4640 #endif | |
| 4641 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
| 4642 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4643 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 1437 | 4644 { |
| 7 | 4645 --col; |
| 1437 | 4646 --off; |
| 4647 } | |
| 7 | 4648 else |
| 4649 #endif | |
| 1437 | 4650 { |
| 7 | 4651 ++col; |
| 1437 | 4652 ++off; |
| 4653 } | |
| 743 | 4654 ++vcol; |
| 1437 | 4655 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 4656 eol_hl_off = 1; | |
| 4657 #endif | |
| 743 | 4658 } |
| 867 | 4659 } |
| 4660 | |
| 4661 /* | |
| 4662 * At end of the text line. | |
| 4663 */ | |
| 4664 if (c == NUL) | |
| 4665 { | |
| 743 | 4666 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 1850 | 4667 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
| 4668 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 1437 | 4669 { |
| 4670 /* highlight last char after line */ | |
| 4671 --col; | |
| 4672 --off; | |
| 4673 --vcol; | |
| 4674 } | |
| 4675 | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4676 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ |
| 758 | 4677 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
| 4678 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 4679 else | |
| 4680 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4681 |
| 820 | 4682 /* check if line ends before left margin */ |
| 4683 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) | |
| 4684 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); | |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4685 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4686 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4687 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4688 col -= boguscols; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4689 boguscols = 0; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4690 #endif |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4691 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4692 if (draw_color_col) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4693 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4694 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4695 if (((wp->w_p_cuc |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4696 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4697 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4698 W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1) + v |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4699 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4700 || draw_color_col) |
| 743 | 4701 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 4702 && !wp->w_p_rl | |
| 4703 # endif | |
| 4704 ) | |
| 4705 { | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4706 int rightmost_vcol = 0; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4707 int i; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4708 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4709 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4710 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4711 if (draw_color_col) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4712 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4713 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4714 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4715 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4716 |
| 743 | 4717 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 4718 { | |
| 4719 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 4720 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4721 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4722 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 4723 #endif | |
| 4724 ++col; | |
|
2356
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4725 if (draw_color_col) |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4726 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4727 &color_cols); |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4728 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4729 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4730 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC); |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4731 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4732 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_MC); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4733 else |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4734 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4735 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4736 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) |
| 743 | 4737 break; |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4738 |
| 743 | 4739 ++vcol; |
| 4740 } | |
| 4741 } | |
| 4742 #endif | |
| 7 | 4743 |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4744 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4745 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
| 7 | 4746 row++; |
| 4747 | |
| 4748 /* | |
| 4749 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
| 4750 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
| 4751 */ | |
| 4752 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 4753 { | |
| 4754 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; | |
| 4755 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; | |
| 4756 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 4757 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; | |
| 4758 #endif | |
| 4759 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
| 4760 } | |
| 4761 | |
| 4762 break; | |
| 4763 } | |
| 4764 | |
| 4765 /* line continues beyond line end */ | |
| 4766 if (lcs_ext | |
| 4767 && !wp->w_p_wrap | |
| 4768 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 4769 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 4770 #endif | |
| 4771 && ( | |
| 4772 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4773 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : | |
| 4774 #endif | |
| 4775 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) | |
| 4776 && (*ptr != NUL | |
| 1555 | 4777 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) |
| 7 | 4778 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) |
| 4779 { | |
| 4780 c = lcs_ext; | |
| 4781 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4782 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4783 mb_c = c; | |
| 4784 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4785 { | |
| 4786 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4787 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4788 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4789 } |
| 4790 else | |
| 4791 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4792 #endif | |
| 4793 } | |
| 4794 | |
| 743 | 4795 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4796 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4797 if (draw_color_col) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4798 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4799 |
| 743 | 4800 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4801 * highlight the cursor position itself. |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4802 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4803 * 'cursorcolumn' */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4804 vcol_save_attr = -1; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4805 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4806 { |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4807 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4808 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4809 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4810 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4811 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4812 } |
|
2346
b38c324bdc36
Fix: 'colorcolumn' interfered with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
4813 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4814 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4815 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4816 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_MC)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4817 } |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4818 } |
| 743 | 4819 #endif |
| 4820 | |
| 7 | 4821 /* |
| 4822 * Store character to be displayed. | |
| 4823 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. | |
| 4824 */ | |
| 4825 vcol_prev = vcol; | |
| 4826 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) | |
| 4827 { | |
| 4828 /* | |
| 4829 * Store the character. | |
| 4830 */ | |
| 4831 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 4832 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
| 4833 { | |
| 4834 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ | |
| 4835 --off; | |
| 4836 --col; | |
| 4837 } | |
| 4838 #endif | |
| 4839 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 4840 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4841 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4842 { |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4843 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4844 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; |
| 7 | 4845 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4846 } |
| 7 | 4847 else if (enc_utf8) |
| 4848 { | |
| 4849 if (mb_utf8) | |
| 4850 { | |
| 1326 | 4851 int i; |
| 4852 | |
| 7 | 4853 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; |
| 819 | 4854 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) |
| 4855 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ | |
| 714 | 4856 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 4857 { | |
| 4858 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 4859 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 4860 break; | |
| 4861 } | |
| 7 | 4862 } |
| 4863 else | |
| 4864 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 4865 } | |
| 4866 if (multi_attr) | |
| 4867 { | |
| 4868 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; | |
| 4869 multi_attr = 0; | |
| 4870 } | |
| 4871 else | |
| 4872 #endif | |
| 4873 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
| 4874 | |
| 4875 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4876 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
| 4877 { | |
| 4878 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ | |
| 4879 ++off; | |
| 4880 ++col; | |
| 4881 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4882 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ | |
| 4883 ScreenLines[off] = 0; | |
| 4884 else | |
| 4885 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ | |
| 4886 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; | |
| 4887 ++vcol; | |
| 4888 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of | |
| 4889 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ | |
| 4890 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 4891 ++tocol; | |
| 4892 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4893 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4894 { | |
| 4895 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ | |
| 4896 --off; | |
| 4897 --col; | |
| 4898 } | |
| 4899 #endif | |
| 4900 } | |
| 4901 #endif | |
| 4902 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4903 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4904 { | |
| 4905 --off; | |
| 4906 --col; | |
| 4907 } | |
| 4908 else | |
| 4909 #endif | |
| 4910 { | |
| 4911 ++off; | |
| 4912 ++col; | |
| 4913 } | |
| 4914 } | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4915 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2348
8878a9f8db87
Rename w_p_conceal to w_p_conc for consistency.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2346
diff
changeset
|
4916 else if (wp->w_p_conc > 0 && is_concealing) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4917 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4918 --n_skip; |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4919 ++vcol_off; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4920 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4921 vcol_off += n_extra; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4922 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4923 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4924 /* |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4925 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4926 * |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4927 * Advance the column indicator to force the line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4928 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4929 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4930 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4931 * |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4932 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4933 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4934 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4935 * of bad columns we have advanced. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4936 */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4937 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4938 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4939 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4940 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4941 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4942 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4943 col -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4944 boguscols -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4945 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4946 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4947 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4948 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4949 col += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4950 boguscols += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4951 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4952 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4953 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4954 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4955 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4956 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4957 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4958 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4959 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4960 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4961 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4962 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4963 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4964 --boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4965 --col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4966 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4967 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4968 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4969 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4970 ++boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4971 ++col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4972 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4973 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4974 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4975 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4976 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4977 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4978 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4979 --boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4980 --col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4981 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4982 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4983 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4984 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4985 ++boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4986 ++col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4987 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4988 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4989 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4990 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4991 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4992 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4993 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4994 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4995 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4996 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4997 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4998 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4999 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5000 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
| 7 | 5001 else |
| 5002 --n_skip; | |
| 5003 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5004 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5005 * column. */ |
| 1849 | 5006 if (draw_state > WL_NR |
| 7 | 5007 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 5008 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5009 #endif | |
| 5010 ) | |
| 5011 ++vcol; | |
| 5012 | |
| 743 | 5013 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 5014 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) | |
| 5015 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; | |
| 5016 #endif | |
| 5017 | |
| 7 | 5018 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ |
| 5019 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) | |
| 5020 char_attr = saved_attr3; | |
| 5021 | |
| 5022 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ | |
| 5023 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) | |
| 5024 char_attr = saved_attr2; | |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 /* | |
| 5027 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line | |
| 1378 | 5028 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. |
| 7 | 5029 */ |
| 5030 if (( | |
| 5031 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5032 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : | |
| 5033 #endif | |
| 5034 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
| 5035 && (*ptr != NUL | |
| 5036 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5037 || filler_todo > 0 | |
| 5038 #endif | |
| 5039 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) | |
| 5040 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) | |
| 5041 ) | |
| 5042 { | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5043 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5044 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col - boguscols, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5045 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5046 boguscols = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5047 #else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5048 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5049 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5050 #endif |
| 7 | 5051 ++row; |
| 5052 ++screen_row; | |
| 5053 | |
| 5054 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed | |
| 5055 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ | |
| 5056 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap | |
| 5057 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5058 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5059 #endif | |
| 5060 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) | |
| 5061 break; | |
| 5062 | |
| 5063 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ | |
| 5064 if (draw_state != WL_LINE | |
| 5065 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5066 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5067 #endif | |
| 5068 ) | |
| 5069 { | |
| 5070 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 5071 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5072 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
| 5073 #endif | |
| 5074 row = endrow; | |
| 5075 } | |
| 5076 | |
| 5077 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ | |
| 5078 if (row == endrow) | |
| 5079 { | |
| 5080 ++row; | |
| 5081 break; | |
| 5082 } | |
| 5083 | |
| 5084 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 | |
| 5085 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5086 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5087 #endif | |
| 5088 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns) | |
| 5089 { | |
| 5090 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ | |
| 5091 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; | |
| 5092 | |
| 5093 /* | |
| 5094 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with | |
| 5095 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of | |
| 5096 * the line. This will work with all terminal types | |
| 5097 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). | |
| 5098 * Only do this on a fast tty. | |
| 5099 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line | |
| 5100 * (something has been written in it). | |
| 5101 * Don't do this for the GUI. | |
| 5102 * Don't do this for double-width characters. | |
| 5103 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. | |
| 5104 */ | |
| 5105 if (p_tf | |
| 5106 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5107 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5108 #endif | |
| 5109 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5110 && !(has_mbyte | |
| 1378 | 5111 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], |
| 5112 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
| 5113 == 2 | |
| 7 | 5114 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] |
| 1378 | 5115 + (int)Columns - 2, |
| 5116 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
| 5117 == 2)) | |
| 7 | 5118 #endif |
| 5119 ) | |
| 5120 { | |
| 5121 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, | |
| 5122 * then output the same character again to let the | |
| 5123 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't | |
| 5124 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ | |
| 5125 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 5126 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
| 5127 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, | |
| 5128 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); | |
| 5129 | |
| 5130 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5131 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a | |
| 5132 * space to keep it simple. */ | |
| 148 | 5133 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ |
| 5134 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) | |
| 7 | 5135 out_char(' '); |
| 5136 else | |
| 5137 #endif | |
| 5138 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
| 5139 + (Columns - 1)]); | |
| 5140 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ | |
| 5141 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 5142 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 5143 } | |
| 5144 } | |
| 5145 | |
| 5146 col = 0; | |
| 5147 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 5148 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5149 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5150 { | |
| 5151 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ | |
| 5152 off += col; | |
| 5153 } | |
| 5154 #endif | |
| 5155 | |
| 5156 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ | |
| 5157 draw_state = WL_START; | |
| 5158 saved_n_extra = n_extra; | |
| 5159 saved_p_extra = p_extra; | |
| 5160 saved_c_extra = c_extra; | |
| 5161 saved_char_attr = char_attr; | |
| 5162 n_extra = 0; | |
| 5163 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; | |
| 5164 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 5165 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5166 if (filler_todo <= 0) | |
| 5167 # endif | |
| 5168 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
| 5169 #endif | |
| 5170 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5171 --filler_todo; | |
| 5172 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the | |
| 5173 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ | |
| 5174 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) | |
| 5175 break; | |
| 5176 #endif | |
| 5177 } | |
| 5178 | |
| 5179 } /* for every character in the line */ | |
| 5180 | |
| 743 | 5181 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 386 | 5182 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ |
| 5183 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) | |
| 5184 { | |
| 5185 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 5186 cap_col = 0; | |
| 5187 } | |
| 5188 #endif | |
| 5189 | |
| 7 | 5190 return row; |
| 5191 } | |
| 5192 | |
| 714 | 5193 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5194 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int)); | |
| 5195 | |
| 5196 /* | |
| 5197 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
5198 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. |
| 714 | 5199 */ |
| 5200 static int | |
| 5201 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to) | |
| 5202 int off_from; | |
| 5203 int off_to; | |
| 5204 { | |
| 5205 int i; | |
| 5206 | |
| 5207 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 5208 { | |
| 5209 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) | |
| 5210 return TRUE; | |
| 5211 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) | |
| 5212 break; | |
| 5213 } | |
| 5214 return FALSE; | |
| 5215 } | |
| 5216 #endif | |
| 5217 | |
| 7 | 5218 /* |
| 5219 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: | |
| 5220 * - the (first byte of the) character is different | |
| 5221 * - the attributes are different | |
| 5222 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different | |
| 1616 | 5223 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. |
| 7 | 5224 */ |
| 5225 static int | |
| 5226 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols) | |
| 5227 int off_from; | |
| 5228 int off_to; | |
| 5229 int cols; | |
| 5230 { | |
| 5231 if (cols > 0 | |
| 5232 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] | |
| 5233 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
| 5234 | |
| 5235 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5236 || (enc_dbcs != 0 | |
| 5237 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 | |
| 5238 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e | |
| 5239 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] | |
| 5240 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
| 5241 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
| 5242 || (enc_utf8 | |
| 5243 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] | |
| 5244 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 | |
| 1616 | 5245 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) |
| 5246 || (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
| 5247 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
| 7 | 5248 #endif |
| 5249 )) | |
| 5250 return TRUE; | |
| 5251 return FALSE; | |
| 5252 } | |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 /* | |
| 5255 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that | |
| 5256 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. | |
| 5257 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. | |
| 5258 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. | |
| 5259 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line | |
| 5260 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. | |
| 5261 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: | |
| 5262 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" | |
| 5263 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" | |
| 5264 */ | |
| 5265 static void | |
| 5266 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width | |
| 5267 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5268 , rlflag | |
| 5269 #endif | |
| 5270 ) | |
| 5271 int row; | |
| 5272 int coloff; | |
| 5273 int endcol; | |
| 5274 int clear_width; | |
| 5275 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5276 int rlflag; | |
| 5277 #endif | |
| 5278 { | |
| 5279 unsigned off_from; | |
| 5280 unsigned off_to; | |
| 1378 | 5281 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5282 unsigned max_off_from; | |
| 5283 unsigned max_off_to; | |
| 5284 #endif | |
| 7 | 5285 int col = 0; |
| 5286 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 5287 int hl; | |
| 5288 #endif | |
| 5289 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ | |
| 5290 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ | |
| 5291 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5292 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ | |
| 5293 #endif | |
| 5294 ; | |
| 5295 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ | |
| 5296 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5297 int clear_next = FALSE; | |
| 5298 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ | |
| 5299 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ | |
| 5300 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells | |
| 5301 #else | |
| 5302 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 | |
| 5303 #endif | |
| 5304 | |
| 5305 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 5306 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); | |
| 5307 # endif | |
| 5308 | |
| 5309 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 5310 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; | |
| 1378 | 5311 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5312 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; | |
| 5313 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
| 5314 #endif | |
| 7 | 5315 |
| 5316 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5317 if (rlflag) | |
| 5318 { | |
| 5319 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ | |
| 5320 if (clear_width > 0) | |
| 5321 { | |
| 5322 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
| 5323 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
| 5324 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5325 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
| 5326 # endif | |
| 5327 ) | |
| 5328 { | |
| 5329 ++off_to; | |
| 5330 ++col; | |
| 5331 } | |
| 5332 if (col <= endcol) | |
| 5333 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, | |
| 5334 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 5335 } | |
| 5336 col = endcol + 1; | |
| 5337 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; | |
| 5338 off_from += col; | |
| 5339 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); | |
| 5340 } | |
| 5341 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ | |
| 5342 | |
| 5343 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); | |
| 5344 | |
| 5345 while (col < endcol) | |
| 5346 { | |
| 5347 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5348 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) | |
| 1378 | 5349 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); |
| 7 | 5350 else |
| 5351 char_cells = 1; | |
| 5352 #endif | |
| 5353 | |
| 5354 redraw_this = redraw_next; | |
| 5355 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, | |
| 5356 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); | |
| 5357 | |
| 5358 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5359 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to | |
| 5360 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only | |
| 5361 * happens in the GUI. | |
| 5362 */ | |
| 5363 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) | |
| 5364 { | |
| 5365 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; | |
| 743 | 5366 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
| 5367 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
| 5368 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7 | 5369 redraw_this = TRUE; |
| 5370 } | |
| 5371 #endif | |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 if (redraw_this) | |
| 5374 { | |
| 5375 /* | |
| 5376 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): | |
| 5377 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the | |
| 5378 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The | |
| 5379 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the | |
| 5380 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must | |
| 5381 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted | |
| 5382 * character. | |
| 5383 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need | |
| 5384 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it | |
| 5385 * completely. | |
| 5386 */ | |
| 5387 if ( p_wiv | |
| 5388 && !force | |
| 5389 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5390 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5391 #endif | |
| 5392 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 | |
| 5393 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
| 5394 { | |
| 5395 /* | |
| 5396 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. | |
| 5397 */ | |
| 5398 windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
| 5399 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
| 5400 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 5401 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ | |
| 5402 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ | |
| 5403 | |
| 5404 /* | |
| 5405 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop | |
| 5406 * highlighting at this character. | |
| 5407 */ | |
| 5408 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) | |
| 5409 { | |
| 5410 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; | |
| 5411 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
| 5412 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5413 } | |
| 5414 else | |
| 5415 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ | |
| 5416 } | |
| 5417 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5418 if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 5419 { | |
| 5420 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or | |
| 5421 * the other way around requires another character to be | |
| 5422 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing | |
| 5423 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ | |
| 5424 if (char_cells == 1 | |
| 5425 && col + 1 < endcol | |
| 1378 | 5426 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
| 7 | 5427 { |
| 5428 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell | |
| 5429 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ | |
| 5430 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; | |
| 5431 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 5432 } | |
| 5433 else if (char_cells == 2 | |
| 5434 && col + 2 < endcol | |
| 1378 | 5435 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
| 5436 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) | |
| 7 | 5437 { |
| 5438 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over | |
| 5439 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second | |
| 5440 * cell. */ | |
| 5441 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; | |
| 5442 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 5443 } | |
| 5444 | |
| 5445 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 5446 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; | |
| 5447 } | |
| 5448 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width | |
| 5449 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out | |
| 5450 * the right halve of the old character. | |
| 5451 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width | |
| 5452 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ | |
| 5453 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol | |
| 5454 && ((char_cells == 1 | |
| 1378 | 5455 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
| 7 | 5456 || (char_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 5457 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
| 5458 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 5459 clear_next = TRUE; |
| 5460 #endif | |
| 5461 | |
| 5462 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; | |
| 5463 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5464 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5465 { | |
| 5466 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; | |
| 5467 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) | |
| 5468 { | |
| 714 | 5469 int i; |
| 5470 | |
| 5471 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 5472 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; | |
| 7 | 5473 } |
| 5474 } | |
| 5475 if (char_cells == 2) | |
| 5476 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; | |
| 5477 #endif | |
| 5478 | |
| 5479 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 1843 | 5480 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the |
| 5481 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
| 7 | 5482 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI |
| 5483 * and for some xterms. */ | |
| 5484 if ( | |
| 5485 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5486 gui.in_use | |
| 5487 # endif | |
| 5488 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 5489 || | |
| 5490 # endif | |
| 5491 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 5492 term_is_xterm | |
| 5493 # endif | |
| 5494 ) | |
| 5495 { | |
| 5496 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
| 743 | 5497 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
| 5498 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
| 5499 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7 | 5500 redraw_next = TRUE; |
| 5501 } | |
| 5502 #endif | |
| 5503 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
| 5504 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 819 | 5505 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a |
| 5506 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ | |
| 5507 if (char_cells == 2) | |
| 5508 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
| 5509 | |
| 7 | 5510 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) |
| 5511 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5512 else | |
| 5513 #endif | |
| 5514 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5515 } | |
| 5516 else if ( p_wiv | |
| 5517 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5518 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5519 #endif | |
| 5520 && col + coloff > 0) | |
| 5521 { | |
| 5522 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) | |
| 5523 { | |
| 5524 /* | |
| 5525 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will | |
| 5526 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. | |
| 5527 */ | |
| 5528 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 5529 } | |
| 5530 else if (screen_attr != 0) | |
| 5531 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5532 } | |
| 5533 | |
| 5534 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5535 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5536 col += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5537 } | |
| 5538 | |
| 5539 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5540 if (clear_next) | |
| 5541 { | |
| 5542 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left | |
| 5543 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ | |
| 5544 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; | |
| 5545 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5546 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
| 5547 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5548 } | |
| 5549 #endif | |
| 5550 | |
| 5551 if (clear_width > 0 | |
| 5552 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5553 && !rlflag | |
| 5554 #endif | |
| 5555 ) | |
| 5556 { | |
| 5557 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5558 int startCol = col; | |
| 5559 #endif | |
| 5560 | |
| 5561 /* blank out the rest of the line */ | |
| 5562 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
| 5563 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
| 5564 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5565 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
| 5566 #endif | |
| 5567 ) | |
| 5568 { | |
| 5569 ++off_to; | |
| 5570 ++col; | |
| 5571 } | |
| 5572 if (col < clear_width) | |
| 5573 { | |
| 5574 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5575 /* | |
| 5576 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels | |
| 5577 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold | |
| 5578 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous | |
| 5579 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we | |
| 5580 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. | |
| 5581 */ | |
| 996 | 5582 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) |
| 7 | 5583 { |
| 5584 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
| 5585 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) | |
| 996 | 5586 { |
| 5587 int prev_cells = 1; | |
| 5588 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5589 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5590 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means | |
| 5591 * that its width is 2. */ | |
| 5592 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; | |
| 5593 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 5594 { | |
| 5595 /* find previous character by counting from first | |
| 5596 * column and get its width. */ | |
| 5597 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; | |
| 1378 | 5598 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; |
| 996 | 5599 |
| 5600 while (off < off_to) | |
| 5601 { | |
| 1378 | 5602 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); |
| 996 | 5603 off += prev_cells; |
| 5604 } | |
| 5605 } | |
| 5606 | |
| 5607 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) | |
| 5608 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
| 5609 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
| 5610 else | |
| 5611 # endif | |
| 5612 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
| 5613 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
| 5614 } | |
| 7 | 5615 } |
| 5616 #endif | |
| 5617 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, | |
| 5618 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 5619 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5620 off_to += clear_width - col; | |
| 5621 col = clear_width; | |
| 5622 #endif | |
| 5623 } | |
| 5624 } | |
| 5625 | |
| 5626 if (clear_width > 0) | |
| 5627 { | |
| 5628 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5629 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ | |
| 5630 if (col + coloff < Columns) | |
| 5631 { | |
| 5632 int c; | |
| 5633 | |
| 5634 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
| 5635 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != c | |
| 5636 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 5637 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] |
| 5638 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
| 7 | 5639 # endif |
| 5640 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) | |
| 5641 { | |
| 5642 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; | |
| 5643 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; | |
| 5644 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5645 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5646 { | |
| 5647 if (c >= 0x80) | |
| 5648 { | |
| 5649 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; | |
| 714 | 5650 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; |
| 7 | 5651 } |
| 5652 else | |
| 5653 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
| 5654 } | |
| 5655 # endif | |
| 5656 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5657 } | |
| 5658 } | |
| 5659 else | |
| 5660 #endif | |
| 5661 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
| 5662 } | |
| 5663 } | |
| 5664 | |
| 474 | 5665 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 5666 /* |
| 474 | 5667 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. |
| 5668 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). | |
| 7 | 5669 */ |
| 474 | 5670 void |
| 7 | 5671 rl_mirror(str) |
| 5672 char_u *str; | |
| 5673 { | |
| 5674 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 5675 int t; | |
| 5676 | |
| 5677 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) | |
| 5678 { | |
| 5679 t = *p1; | |
| 5680 *p1 = *p2; | |
| 5681 *p2 = t; | |
| 5682 } | |
| 5683 } | |
| 5684 #endif | |
| 5685 | |
| 5686 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5687 /* | |
| 5688 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd | |
| 5689 */ | |
| 5690 void | |
| 5691 status_redraw_all() | |
| 5692 { | |
| 5693 win_T *wp; | |
| 5694 | |
| 5695 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 5696 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
| 5697 { | |
| 5698 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 5699 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 5700 } | |
| 5701 } | |
| 5702 | |
| 5703 /* | |
| 5704 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw | |
| 5705 */ | |
| 5706 void | |
| 5707 status_redraw_curbuf() | |
| 5708 { | |
| 5709 win_T *wp; | |
| 5710 | |
| 5711 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 5712 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
| 5713 { | |
| 5714 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 5715 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 5716 } | |
| 5717 } | |
| 5718 | |
| 5719 /* | |
| 5720 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. | |
| 5721 */ | |
| 5722 void | |
| 5723 redraw_statuslines() | |
| 5724 { | |
| 5725 win_T *wp; | |
| 5726 | |
| 5727 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 5728 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 5729 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 673 | 5730 if (redraw_tabline) |
| 677 | 5731 draw_tabline(); |
| 7 | 5732 } |
| 5733 #endif | |
| 5734 | |
| 5735 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5736 /* | |
| 5737 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". | |
| 5738 */ | |
| 5739 void | |
| 5740 win_redraw_last_status(frp) | |
| 5741 frame_T *frp; | |
| 5742 { | |
| 5743 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
| 5744 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 5745 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
| 5746 { | |
| 5747 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
| 5748 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
| 5749 } | |
| 5750 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ | |
| 5751 { | |
| 5752 frp = frp->fr_child; | |
| 5753 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 5754 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
| 5755 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
| 5756 } | |
| 5757 } | |
| 5758 #endif | |
| 5759 | |
| 5760 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5761 /* | |
| 5762 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". | |
| 5763 */ | |
| 5764 static void | |
| 5765 draw_vsep_win(wp, row) | |
| 5766 win_T *wp; | |
| 5767 int row; | |
| 5768 { | |
| 5769 int hl; | |
| 5770 int c; | |
| 5771 | |
| 5772 if (wp->w_vsep_width) | |
| 5773 { | |
| 5774 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
| 5775 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
| 5776 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 5777 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, | |
| 5778 c, ' ', hl); | |
| 5779 } | |
| 5780 } | |
| 5781 #endif | |
| 5782 | |
| 5783 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU | |
| 5784 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); | |
| 277 | 5785 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); |
| 7 | 5786 |
| 5787 /* | |
| 1378 | 5788 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. |
| 7 | 5789 */ |
| 5790 static int | |
| 5791 status_match_len(xp, s) | |
| 5792 expand_T *xp; | |
| 5793 char_u *s; | |
| 5794 { | |
| 5795 int len = 0; | |
| 5796 | |
| 5797 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 5798 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 5799 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
| 5800 | |
| 5801 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ | |
| 5802 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
| 5803 return 1; | |
| 5804 #endif | |
| 5805 | |
| 5806 while (*s != NUL) | |
| 5807 { | |
| 1685 | 5808 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
| 42 | 5809 len += ptr2cells(s); |
| 39 | 5810 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 5811 } |
| 5812 | |
| 5813 return len; | |
| 5814 } | |
| 5815 | |
| 5816 /* | |
| 1685 | 5817 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. |
| 277 | 5818 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. |
| 5819 */ | |
| 5820 static int | |
| 5821 skip_status_match_char(xp, s) | |
| 5822 expand_T *xp; | |
| 5823 char_u *s; | |
| 5824 { | |
| 1685 | 5825 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) |
| 277 | 5826 #ifdef FEAT_MENU |
| 5827 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 5828 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) | |
| 5829 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) | |
| 5830 #endif | |
| 1685 | 5831 ) |
| 5832 { | |
| 5833 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 5834 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') | |
| 5835 return 2; | |
| 5836 #endif | |
| 5837 return 1; | |
| 5838 } | |
| 5839 return 0; | |
| 277 | 5840 } |
| 5841 | |
| 5842 /* | |
| 7 | 5843 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. |
| 5844 * Show at least the "match" item. | |
| 5845 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. | |
| 5846 * | |
| 5847 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
| 5848 */ | |
| 5849 void | |
| 5850 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail) | |
| 5851 expand_T *xp; | |
| 5852 int num_matches; | |
| 5853 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */ | |
| 5854 int match; | |
| 5855 int showtail; | |
| 5856 { | |
| 5857 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) | |
| 5858 int row; | |
| 5859 char_u *buf; | |
| 5860 int len; | |
| 1378 | 5861 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ |
| 7 | 5862 int fillchar; |
| 5863 int attr; | |
| 5864 int i; | |
| 5865 int highlight = TRUE; | |
| 5866 char_u *selstart = NULL; | |
| 5867 int selstart_col = 0; | |
| 5868 char_u *selend = NULL; | |
| 5869 static int first_match = 0; | |
| 5870 int add_left = FALSE; | |
| 5871 char_u *s; | |
| 5872 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 5873 int emenu; | |
| 5874 #endif | |
| 5875 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
| 5876 int l; | |
| 5877 #endif | |
| 5878 | |
| 5879 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ | |
| 5880 return; | |
| 5881 | |
| 39 | 5882 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5883 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5884 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); | |
| 5885 else | |
| 5886 #endif | |
| 5887 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); | |
| 7 | 5888 if (buf == NULL) |
| 5889 return; | |
| 5890 | |
| 5891 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ | |
| 5892 { | |
| 5893 match = 0; | |
| 5894 highlight = FALSE; | |
| 5895 } | |
| 5896 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ | |
| 5897 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; | |
| 5898 if (match == 0) | |
| 5899 first_match = 0; | |
| 5900 else if (match < first_match) | |
| 5901 { | |
| 5902 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ | |
| 5903 first_match = match; | |
| 5904 add_left = TRUE; | |
| 5905 } | |
| 5906 else | |
| 5907 { | |
| 5908 /* check if match fits on the screen */ | |
| 5909 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) | |
| 5910 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
| 5911 if (first_match > 0) | |
| 5912 clen += 2; | |
| 5913 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ | |
| 5914 if ((long)clen > Columns) | |
| 5915 { | |
| 5916 first_match = match; | |
| 5917 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ | |
| 5918 clen = 2; | |
| 5919 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) | |
| 5920 { | |
| 5921 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
| 5922 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
| 5923 break; | |
| 5924 } | |
| 5925 if (i == num_matches) | |
| 5926 add_left = TRUE; | |
| 5927 } | |
| 5928 } | |
| 5929 if (add_left) | |
| 5930 while (first_match > 0) | |
| 5931 { | |
| 5932 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; | |
| 5933 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
| 5934 break; | |
| 5935 --first_match; | |
| 5936 } | |
| 5937 | |
| 5938 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); | |
| 5939 | |
| 5940 if (first_match == 0) | |
| 5941 { | |
| 5942 *buf = NUL; | |
| 5943 len = 0; | |
| 5944 } | |
| 5945 else | |
| 5946 { | |
| 5947 STRCPY(buf, "< "); | |
| 5948 len = 2; | |
| 5949 } | |
| 5950 clen = len; | |
| 5951 | |
| 5952 i = first_match; | |
| 5953 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) | |
| 5954 { | |
| 5955 if (i == match) | |
| 5956 { | |
| 5957 selstart = buf + len; | |
| 5958 selstart_col = clen; | |
| 5959 } | |
| 5960 | |
| 5961 s = L_MATCH(i); | |
| 5962 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ | |
| 5963 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 5964 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 5965 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
| 5966 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
| 5967 { | |
| 5968 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); | |
| 5969 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
| 5970 len += l; | |
| 5971 clen += l; | |
| 5972 } | |
| 5973 else | |
| 5974 #endif | |
| 5975 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) | |
| 5976 { | |
| 1685 | 5977 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
| 7 | 5978 clen += ptr2cells(s); |
| 5979 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 5980 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) |
| 7 | 5981 { |
| 5982 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); | |
| 5983 s += l - 1; | |
| 5984 len += l; | |
| 5985 } | |
| 5986 else | |
| 5987 #endif | |
| 5988 { | |
| 5989 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); | |
| 5990 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
| 5991 } | |
| 5992 } | |
| 5993 if (i == match) | |
| 5994 selend = buf + len; | |
| 5995 | |
| 5996 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
| 5997 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
| 5998 clen += 2; | |
| 5999 if (++i == num_matches) | |
| 6000 break; | |
| 6001 } | |
| 6002 | |
| 6003 if (i != num_matches) | |
| 6004 { | |
| 6005 *(buf + len++) = '>'; | |
| 6006 ++clen; | |
| 6007 } | |
| 6008 | |
| 6009 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 6010 | |
| 6011 row = cmdline_row - 1; | |
| 6012 if (row >= 0) | |
| 6013 { | |
| 6014 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) | |
| 6015 { | |
| 6016 if (msg_scrolled > 0) | |
| 6017 { | |
| 6018 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is | |
| 6019 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ | |
| 6020 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) | |
| 6021 { | |
| 6022 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 6023 ++msg_scrolled; | |
| 6024 } | |
| 6025 else | |
| 6026 { | |
| 6027 ++cmdline_row; | |
| 6028 ++row; | |
| 6029 } | |
| 6030 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; | |
| 6031 } | |
| 6032 else | |
| 6033 { | |
| 6034 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. | |
| 6035 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is | |
| 6036 * resized. */ | |
| 6037 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 6038 { | |
| 6039 save_p_ls = p_ls; | |
| 6040 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; | |
| 6041 p_ls = 2; | |
| 6042 p_wmh = 0; | |
| 6043 last_status(FALSE); | |
| 6044 } | |
| 6045 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; | |
| 6046 } | |
| 6047 } | |
| 6048 | |
| 6049 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); | |
| 6050 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) | |
| 6051 { | |
| 6052 *selend = NUL; | |
| 6053 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM)); | |
| 6054 } | |
| 6055 | |
| 6056 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 6057 } | |
| 6058 | |
| 6059 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6060 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); | |
| 6061 #else | |
| 6062 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6063 #endif | |
| 6064 vim_free(buf); | |
| 6065 } | |
| 6066 #endif | |
| 6067 | |
| 6068 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6069 /* | |
| 6070 * Redraw the status line of window wp. | |
| 6071 * | |
| 6072 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
| 6073 */ | |
| 6074 void | |
| 6075 win_redr_status(wp) | |
| 6076 win_T *wp; | |
| 6077 { | |
| 6078 int row; | |
| 6079 char_u *p; | |
| 6080 int len; | |
| 6081 int fillchar; | |
| 6082 int attr; | |
| 6083 int this_ru_col; | |
| 1910 | 6084 static int busy = FALSE; |
| 6085 | |
| 6086 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) | |
| 6087 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ | |
| 6088 if (busy) | |
| 6089 return; | |
| 6090 busy = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 6091 |
| 6092 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; | |
| 6093 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 6094 { | |
| 6095 /* no status line, can only be last window */ | |
| 6096 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 6097 } | |
| 540 | 6098 else if (!redrawing() |
| 6099 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 6100 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be | |
| 6101 * drawn over it */ | |
| 6102 || pum_visible() | |
| 6103 #endif | |
| 6104 ) | |
| 7 | 6105 { |
| 6106 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ | |
| 6107 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6108 } | |
| 6109 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 40 | 6110 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) |
| 7 | 6111 { |
| 6112 /* redraw custom status line */ | |
| 1983 | 6113 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); |
| 7 | 6114 } |
| 6115 #endif | |
| 6116 else | |
| 6117 { | |
| 6118 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6119 | |
| 685 | 6120 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); |
| 7 | 6121 p = NameBuff; |
| 6122 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 6123 | |
| 6124 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help | |
| 6125 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 6126 || wp->w_p_pvw | |
| 6127 #endif | |
| 6128 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) | |
| 6129 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
| 6130 *(p + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6131 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) | |
| 6132 { | |
| 809 | 6133 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); |
| 7 | 6134 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); |
| 6135 } | |
| 6136 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 6137 if (wp->w_p_pvw) | |
| 6138 { | |
| 6139 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); | |
| 6140 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); | |
| 6141 } | |
| 6142 #endif | |
| 6143 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
| 6144 { | |
| 6145 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); | |
| 6146 len += 3; | |
| 6147 } | |
| 6148 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
| 6149 { | |
| 6150 STRCPY(p + len, "[RO]"); | |
| 6151 len += 4; | |
| 6152 } | |
| 6153 | |
| 6154 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6155 this_ru_col = ru_col; | |
| 6156 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
| 6157 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
| 6158 #else | |
| 6159 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); | |
| 6160 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
| 6161 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
| 6162 if (this_ru_col <= 1) | |
| 6163 { | |
| 6164 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ | |
| 6165 len = 1; | |
| 6166 } | |
| 6167 else | |
| 6168 #endif | |
| 6169 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6170 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6171 { | |
| 6172 int clen = 0, i; | |
| 6173 | |
| 6174 /* Count total number of display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6175 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); |
|
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6176 |
| 7 | 6177 /* Find first character that will fit. |
| 6178 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ | |
| 6179 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; | |
| 474 | 6180 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) |
| 7 | 6181 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); |
| 6182 len = clen; | |
| 6183 if (i > 0) | |
| 6184 { | |
| 6185 p = p + i - 1; | |
| 6186 *p = '<'; | |
| 6187 ++len; | |
| 6188 } | |
| 6189 | |
| 6190 } | |
| 6191 else | |
| 6192 #endif | |
| 6193 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) | |
| 6194 { | |
| 6195 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); | |
| 6196 *p = '<'; | |
| 6197 len = this_ru_col - 1; | |
| 6198 } | |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 6201 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); | |
| 6202 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), | |
| 6203 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 6204 | |
| 6205 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL) | |
| 6206 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) | |
| 6207 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) | |
| 6208 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); | |
| 6209 | |
| 6210 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 6211 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); | |
| 6212 #endif | |
| 6213 } | |
| 6214 | |
| 6215 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6216 /* | |
| 6217 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. | |
| 6218 */ | |
| 6219 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) | |
| 6220 { | |
| 6221 if (stl_connected(wp)) | |
| 6222 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6223 else | |
| 6224 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); | |
| 6225 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 6226 attr); | |
| 6227 } | |
| 6228 #endif | |
| 1910 | 6229 busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6230 } |
| 6231 | |
| 680 | 6232 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
| 6233 /* | |
| 6234 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any | |
| 6235 * errors encountered. | |
| 6236 */ | |
| 6237 static void | |
| 1983 | 6238 redraw_custom_statusline(wp) |
| 680 | 6239 win_T *wp; |
| 6240 { | |
| 1983 | 6241 static int entered = FALSE; |
| 6242 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; | |
| 6243 | |
| 6244 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline | |
| 6245 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ | |
| 6246 if (entered) | |
| 6247 return; | |
| 6248 entered = TRUE; | |
| 680 | 6249 |
| 6250 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 6251 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); | |
| 6252 if (called_emsg) | |
| 1983 | 6253 { |
| 6254 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the | |
| 6255 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem | |
| 6256 * again and again. */ | |
| 680 | 6257 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, |
| 6258 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL | |
| 694 | 6259 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); |
| 1983 | 6260 } |
| 680 | 6261 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 1983 | 6262 entered = FALSE; |
| 680 | 6263 } |
| 6264 #endif | |
| 6265 | |
| 7 | 6266 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
| 6267 /* | |
| 6268 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status | |
| 6269 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. | |
| 6270 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). | |
| 6271 */ | |
| 6272 int | |
| 6273 stl_connected(wp) | |
| 6274 win_T *wp; | |
| 6275 { | |
| 6276 frame_T *fr; | |
| 6277 | |
| 6278 fr = wp->w_frame; | |
| 6279 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) | |
| 6280 { | |
| 6281 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
| 6282 { | |
| 6283 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6284 break; | |
| 6285 } | |
| 6286 else | |
| 6287 { | |
| 6288 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6289 return TRUE; | |
| 6290 } | |
| 6291 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
| 6292 } | |
| 6293 return FALSE; | |
| 6294 } | |
| 6295 # endif | |
| 6296 | |
| 6297 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ | |
| 6298 | |
| 6299 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6300 /* | |
| 6301 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. | |
| 6302 */ | |
| 6303 int | |
| 6304 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len) | |
| 6305 win_T *wp; | |
| 6306 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */ | |
| 6307 int len; /* length of buffer */ | |
| 6308 { | |
| 6309 char_u *p; | |
| 6310 | |
| 6311 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 6312 return FALSE; | |
| 6313 | |
| 6314 { | |
| 6315 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 6316 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; | |
| 6317 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 6318 char_u *s; | |
| 6319 | |
| 6320 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 6321 curwin = wp; | |
| 6322 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ | |
| 6323 ++emsg_skip; | |
| 714 | 6324 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6325 --emsg_skip; |
| 6326 curbuf = old_curbuf; | |
| 6327 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 6328 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) | |
| 6329 #endif | |
| 6330 { | |
| 6331 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
| 6332 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) | |
| 6333 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; | |
| 6334 else | |
| 6335 #endif | |
| 6336 p = (char_u *)"lang"; | |
| 6337 } | |
| 6338 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len) | |
| 6339 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p); | |
| 6340 else | |
| 6341 buf[0] = NUL; | |
| 6342 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 6343 vim_free(s); | |
| 6344 #endif | |
| 6345 } | |
| 6346 return buf[0] != NUL; | |
| 6347 } | |
| 6348 #endif | |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6351 /* | |
| 677 | 6352 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". |
| 6353 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. | |
| 7 | 6354 */ |
| 6355 static void | |
| 574 | 6356 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler) |
| 7 | 6357 win_T *wp; |
| 574 | 6358 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */ |
| 7 | 6359 { |
| 6360 int attr; | |
| 6361 int curattr; | |
| 6362 int row; | |
| 6363 int col = 0; | |
| 6364 int maxwidth; | |
| 6365 int width; | |
| 6366 int n; | |
| 6367 int len; | |
| 6368 int fillchar; | |
| 6369 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 1983 | 6370 char_u *stl; |
| 7 | 6371 char_u *p; |
| 681 | 6372 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; |
| 6373 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; | |
| 677 | 6374 int use_sandbox = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6375 |
| 6376 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ | |
| 677 | 6377 if (wp == NULL) |
| 6378 { | |
| 6379 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ | |
| 1983 | 6380 stl = p_tal; |
| 677 | 6381 row = 0; |
| 707 | 6382 fillchar = ' '; |
| 677 | 6383 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); |
| 6384 maxwidth = Columns; | |
| 6385 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 681 | 6386 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); |
| 677 | 6387 # endif |
| 6388 } | |
| 40 | 6389 else |
| 677 | 6390 { |
| 6391 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 6392 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6393 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 6394 | |
| 6395 if (draw_ruler) | |
| 6396 { | |
| 1983 | 6397 stl = p_ruf; |
| 677 | 6398 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ |
| 1983 | 6399 if (*stl == '%') |
| 6400 { | |
| 6401 if (*++stl == '-') | |
| 6402 stl++; | |
| 6403 if (atoi((char *)stl)) | |
| 6404 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) | |
| 6405 stl++; | |
| 6406 if (*stl++ != '(') | |
| 6407 stl = p_ruf; | |
| 677 | 6408 } |
| 7 | 6409 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
| 677 | 6410 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); |
| 6411 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
| 6412 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
| 7 | 6413 #else |
| 677 | 6414 col = ru_col; |
| 6415 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
| 6416 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
| 6417 #endif | |
| 6418 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 7 | 6419 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 677 | 6420 if (!wp->w_status_height) |
| 6421 #endif | |
| 6422 { | |
| 6423 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 6424 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ | |
| 6425 fillchar = ' '; | |
| 6426 attr = 0; | |
| 6427 } | |
| 6428 | |
| 6429 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 681 | 6430 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); |
| 677 | 6431 # endif |
| 6432 } | |
| 6433 else | |
| 6434 { | |
| 6435 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) | |
| 1983 | 6436 stl = wp->w_p_stl; |
| 677 | 6437 else |
| 1983 | 6438 stl = p_stl; |
| 677 | 6439 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 681 | 6440 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", |
| 6441 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); | |
| 677 | 6442 # endif |
| 6443 } | |
| 6444 | |
| 6445 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6446 col += W_WINCOL(wp); | |
| 6447 #endif | |
| 6448 } | |
| 6449 | |
| 7 | 6450 if (maxwidth <= 0) |
| 6451 return; | |
| 677 | 6452 |
| 1983 | 6453 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that |
| 6454 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ | |
| 6455 stl = vim_strsave(stl); | |
| 677 | 6456 width = build_stl_str_hl(wp == NULL ? curwin : wp, |
| 6457 buf, sizeof(buf), | |
| 1983 | 6458 stl, use_sandbox, |
| 681 | 6459 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); |
| 1983 | 6460 vim_free(stl); |
| 835 | 6461 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); |
| 7 | 6462 |
| 1883 | 6463 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) |
| 7 | 6464 { |
| 6465 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6466 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); | |
| 6467 #else | |
| 6468 buf[len++] = fillchar; | |
| 6469 #endif | |
| 6470 ++width; | |
| 6471 } | |
| 6472 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 6473 | |
| 681 | 6474 /* |
| 6475 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. | |
| 6476 */ | |
| 7 | 6477 curattr = attr; |
| 6478 p = buf; | |
| 681 | 6479 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) |
| 6480 { | |
| 6481 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); | |
| 7 | 6482 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); |
| 6483 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); | |
| 681 | 6484 p = hltab[n].start; |
| 6485 | |
| 6486 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) | |
| 7 | 6487 curattr = attr; |
| 681 | 6488 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) |
| 6489 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); | |
| 7 | 6490 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 680 | 6491 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) |
| 681 | 6492 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
| 7 | 6493 #endif |
| 6494 else | |
| 681 | 6495 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
| 7 | 6496 } |
| 6497 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); | |
| 681 | 6498 |
| 6499 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 6500 { | |
| 6501 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ | |
| 6502 col = 0; | |
| 6503 len = 0; | |
| 6504 p = buf; | |
| 6505 fillchar = 0; | |
| 6506 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) | |
| 6507 { | |
| 6508 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); | |
| 6509 while (col < len) | |
| 6510 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
| 6511 p = tabtab[n].start; | |
| 6512 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; | |
| 6513 } | |
| 6514 while (col < Columns) | |
| 6515 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
| 6516 } | |
| 7 | 6517 } |
| 6518 | |
| 6519 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ | |
| 6520 | |
| 6521 /* | |
| 6522 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. | |
| 6523 */ | |
| 6524 void | |
| 6525 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr) | |
| 6526 int c; | |
| 6527 int row, col; | |
| 6528 int attr; | |
| 6529 { | |
| 6530 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6531 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 6532 | |
| 6533 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 6534 #else | |
| 6535 char_u buf[2]; | |
| 6536 | |
| 6537 buf[0] = c; | |
| 6538 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 6539 #endif | |
| 6540 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); | |
| 6541 } | |
| 6542 | |
| 6543 /* | |
| 6544 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". | |
| 6545 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; | |
| 6546 */ | |
| 6547 void | |
| 6548 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp) | |
| 6549 int row, col; | |
| 6550 char_u *bytes; | |
| 6551 int *attrp; | |
| 6552 { | |
| 6553 unsigned off; | |
| 6554 | |
| 6555 /* safety check */ | |
| 6556 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) | |
| 6557 { | |
| 6558 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
| 6559 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 6560 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
| 6561 bytes[1] = NUL; | |
| 6562 | |
| 6563 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6564 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
| 6565 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; | |
| 6566 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 6567 { | |
| 6568 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
| 6569 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; | |
| 6570 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
| 6571 } | |
| 6572 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) | |
| 6573 { | |
| 6574 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; | |
| 6575 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
| 6576 } | |
| 6577 #endif | |
| 6578 } | |
| 6579 } | |
| 6580 | |
| 714 | 6581 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6582 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*)); | |
| 6583 | |
| 6584 /* | |
| 6585 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from | |
| 6586 * composing characters in "u8cc". | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6587 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. |
| 714 | 6588 */ |
| 6589 static int | |
| 6590 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc) | |
| 6591 int off; | |
| 6592 int *u8cc; | |
| 6593 { | |
| 6594 int i; | |
| 6595 | |
| 6596 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 6597 { | |
| 6598 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) | |
| 6599 return TRUE; | |
| 6600 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 6601 break; | |
| 6602 } | |
| 6603 return FALSE; | |
| 6604 } | |
| 6605 #endif | |
| 6606 | |
| 7 | 6607 /* |
| 6608 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with | |
| 6609 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. | |
| 6610 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! | |
| 6611 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. | |
| 6612 */ | |
| 6613 void | |
| 6614 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr) | |
| 6615 char_u *text; | |
| 6616 int row; | |
| 6617 int col; | |
| 6618 int attr; | |
| 6619 { | |
| 6620 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); | |
| 6621 } | |
| 6622 | |
| 6623 /* | |
| 6624 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to | |
| 6625 * a NUL. | |
| 6626 */ | |
| 6627 void | |
| 6628 screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr) | |
| 6629 char_u *text; | |
| 6630 int len; | |
| 6631 int row; | |
| 6632 int col; | |
| 6633 int attr; | |
| 6634 { | |
| 6635 unsigned off; | |
| 6636 char_u *ptr = text; | |
| 6637 int c; | |
| 6638 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 6639 unsigned max_off; |
| 7 | 6640 int mbyte_blen = 1; |
| 6641 int mbyte_cells = 1; | |
| 6642 int u8c = 0; | |
| 714 | 6643 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 6644 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; |
| 6645 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 6646 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 714 | 6647 int pc, nc, nc1; |
| 6648 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 6649 # endif |
| 6650 #endif | |
| 1843 | 6651 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
| 6652 int force_redraw_this; | |
| 6653 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
| 6654 #endif | |
| 6655 int need_redraw; | |
| 7 | 6656 |
| 6657 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
| 6658 return; | |
| 1843 | 6659 off = LineOffset[row] + col; |
| 7 | 6660 |
| 1668 | 6661 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6662 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the | |
| 6663 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ | |
| 1685 | 6664 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns |
| 1668 | 6665 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 6666 && !gui.in_use | |
| 6667 # endif | |
| 6668 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) | |
| 1843 | 6669 { |
| 6670 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; | |
| 6671 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; | |
| 6672 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6673 { | |
| 6674 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; | |
| 6675 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; | |
| 6676 } | |
| 6677 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ | |
| 6678 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); | |
| 6679 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ | |
| 6680 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 6681 } | |
| 6682 #endif | |
| 6683 | |
| 1378 | 6684 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6685 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
| 6686 #endif | |
| 1340 | 6687 while (col < screen_Columns |
| 6688 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) | |
| 6689 && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 7 | 6690 { |
| 6691 c = *ptr; | |
| 6692 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6693 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ | |
| 6694 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6695 { | |
| 6696 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) | |
| 474 | 6697 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
| 7 | 6698 else |
| 474 | 6699 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 6700 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) |
| 6701 mbyte_cells = 1; | |
| 6702 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 6703 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; | |
| 6704 else /* enc_utf8 */ | |
| 6705 { | |
| 6706 if (len >= 0) | |
| 714 | 6707 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, |
| 7 | 6708 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
| 6709 else | |
| 714 | 6710 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
| 7 | 6711 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); |
| 1401 | 6712 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 6713 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ |
| 6714 if (u8c >= 0x10000) | |
| 6715 { | |
| 6716 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
| 6717 if (attr == 0) | |
| 6718 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 6719 } | |
| 1401 | 6720 # endif |
| 7 | 6721 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 6722 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
| 6723 { | |
| 6724 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 6725 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) | |
| 6726 { | |
| 6727 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ | |
| 6728 nc = NUL; | |
| 6729 nc1 = NUL; | |
| 6730 } | |
| 6731 else | |
| 714 | 6732 { |
| 1994 | 6733 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, |
| 6734 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); | |
| 714 | 6735 nc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 6736 } | |
| 7 | 6737 pc = prev_c; |
| 6738 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 714 | 6739 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); |
| 7 | 6740 } |
| 6741 else | |
| 6742 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 6743 # endif | |
|
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6744 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6745 { |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6746 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6747 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6748 c = '>'; |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6749 mbyte_cells = 1; |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6750 } |
| 7 | 6751 } |
| 6752 } | |
| 6753 #endif | |
| 6754 | |
| 1843 | 6755 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
| 6756 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; | |
| 6757 force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
| 6758 #endif | |
| 6759 | |
| 6760 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c | |
| 7 | 6761 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6762 || (mbyte_cells == 2 | |
| 6763 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) | |
| 6764 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
| 6765 && c == 0x8e | |
| 6766 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) | |
| 6767 || (enc_utf8 | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6768 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6769 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6770 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6771 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) |
| 7 | 6772 #endif |
| 6773 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
| 1843 | 6774 || exmode_active; |
| 6775 | |
| 6776 if (need_redraw | |
| 6777 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 6778 || force_redraw_this | |
| 6779 #endif | |
| 7 | 6780 ) |
| 6781 { | |
| 6782 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 6783 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next | |
| 6784 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
| 6785 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI | |
| 1843 | 6786 * and for some xterms. */ |
| 6787 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( | |
| 7 | 6788 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 6789 gui.in_use | |
| 6790 # endif | |
| 6791 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 6792 || | |
| 6793 # endif | |
| 6794 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 6795 term_is_xterm | |
| 6796 # endif | |
| 1843 | 6797 )) |
| 6798 { | |
| 6799 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 6800 | |
| 6801 if (n > HL_ALL) | |
| 6802 n = syn_attr2attr(n); | |
| 6803 if (n & HL_BOLD) | |
| 6804 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 6805 } |
| 6806 #endif | |
| 6807 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6808 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell | |
| 6809 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next | |
| 6810 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char | |
| 6811 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once | |
| 6812 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ | |
| 6813 if (clear_next_cell) | |
| 6814 clear_next_cell = FALSE; | |
| 6815 else if (has_mbyte | |
| 6816 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL | |
| 6817 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) | |
| 1378 | 6818 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 6819 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 6820 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
| 6821 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 6822 clear_next_cell = TRUE; |
| 6823 | |
| 6824 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, | |
| 6825 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ | |
| 6826 if (enc_dbcs | |
| 1378 | 6827 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 6828 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 6829 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
| 6830 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 6831 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; |
| 6832 #endif | |
| 6833 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 6834 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
| 6835 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6836 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6837 { | |
| 714 | 6838 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) |
| 7 | 6839 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; |
| 6840 else | |
| 6841 { | |
| 714 | 6842 int i; |
| 6843 | |
| 7 | 6844 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; |
| 714 | 6845 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 6846 { | |
| 6847 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 6848 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 6849 break; | |
| 6850 } | |
| 7 | 6851 } |
| 6852 if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
| 6853 { | |
| 6854 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; | |
| 6855 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
| 6856 } | |
| 6857 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6858 } | |
| 6859 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
| 6860 { | |
| 6861 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; | |
| 6862 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
| 6863 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
| 6864 } | |
| 6865 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) | |
| 6866 { | |
| 6867 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; | |
| 6868 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6869 } | |
| 6870 else | |
| 6871 #endif | |
| 6872 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6873 } | |
| 6874 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6875 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6876 { | |
| 6877 off += mbyte_cells; | |
| 6878 col += mbyte_cells; | |
| 6879 ptr += mbyte_blen; | |
| 6880 if (clear_next_cell) | |
| 6881 ptr = (char_u *)" "; | |
| 6882 } | |
| 6883 else | |
| 6884 #endif | |
| 6885 { | |
| 6886 ++off; | |
| 6887 ++col; | |
| 6888 ++ptr; | |
| 6889 } | |
| 6890 } | |
| 1843 | 6891 |
| 6892 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 6893 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text | |
| 6894 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ | |
| 6895 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) | |
| 6896 { | |
| 6897 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6898 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) | |
| 6899 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
| 6900 else | |
| 6901 # endif | |
| 6902 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6903 } | |
| 6904 #endif | |
| 7 | 6905 } |
| 6906 | |
| 6907 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 6908 /* | |
| 1326 | 6909 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
| 7 | 6910 */ |
| 6911 static void | |
| 6912 start_search_hl() | |
| 6913 { | |
| 6914 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) | |
| 6915 { | |
| 6916 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); | |
| 6917 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); | |
| 1521 | 6918 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 6919 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ | |
| 6920 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); | |
| 6921 # endif | |
| 7 | 6922 } |
| 6923 } | |
| 6924 | |
| 6925 /* | |
| 1326 | 6926 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
| 7 | 6927 */ |
| 6928 static void | |
| 6929 end_search_hl() | |
| 6930 { | |
| 6931 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) | |
| 6932 { | |
| 6933 vim_free(search_hl.rm.regprog); | |
| 6934 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; | |
| 6935 } | |
| 6936 } | |
| 6937 | |
| 6938 /* | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6939 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6940 */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6941 static void |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6942 init_search_hl(wp) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6943 win_T *wp; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6944 { |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6945 matchitem_T *cur; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6946 |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6947 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6948 * match */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6949 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6950 while (cur != NULL) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6951 { |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6952 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6953 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6954 cur->hl.attr = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6955 else |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6956 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6957 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6958 cur->hl.lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6959 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6960 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6961 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6962 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6963 # endif |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6964 cur = cur->next; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6965 } |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6966 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6967 search_hl.lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6968 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6969 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6970 } |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6971 |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6972 /* |
| 7 | 6973 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. |
| 6974 */ | |
| 6975 static void | |
| 6976 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum) | |
| 6977 win_T *wp; | |
| 6978 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6979 { | |
| 1326 | 6980 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 6981 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 6982 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
| 6983 has been processed or not */ | |
| 7 | 6984 int n; |
| 6985 | |
| 6986 /* | |
| 6987 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top | |
| 6988 * of the window or just after a closed fold. | |
| 1326 | 6989 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. |
| 7 | 6990 */ |
| 1326 | 6991 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 6992 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 6993 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 6994 { | |
| 6995 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 6996 { | |
| 6997 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 6998 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 6999 } | |
| 7000 else | |
| 7001 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 7 | 7002 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL |
| 7003 && shl->lnum == 0 | |
| 7004 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) | |
| 7005 { | |
| 7006 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) | |
| 7007 { | |
| 7008 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7009 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; | |
| 7010 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) | |
| 7011 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, | |
| 7012 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) | |
| 7013 break; | |
| 7014 # else | |
| 7015 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
| 7016 # endif | |
| 7017 } | |
| 7018 n = 0; | |
| 7019 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && shl->rm.regprog != NULL) | |
| 7020 { | |
| 7021 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n); | |
| 7022 if (shl->lnum != 0) | |
| 7023 { | |
| 7024 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum | |
| 7025 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum | |
| 7026 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7027 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 7028 } | |
| 7029 else | |
| 7030 { | |
| 7031 ++shl->first_lnum; | |
| 7032 n = 0; | |
| 7033 } | |
| 7034 } | |
| 7035 } | |
| 1326 | 7036 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 7037 cur = cur->next; | |
| 7 | 7038 } |
| 7039 } | |
| 7040 | |
| 7041 /* | |
| 1326 | 7042 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. |
| 7 | 7043 * Uses shl->buf. |
| 7044 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. | |
| 7045 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless | |
| 7046 * shl->lnum is zero. | |
| 7047 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. | |
| 7048 */ | |
| 7049 static void | |
| 7050 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol) | |
| 7051 win_T *win; | |
| 1326 | 7052 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ |
| 7 | 7053 linenr_T lnum; |
| 7054 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ | |
| 7055 { | |
| 7056 linenr_T l; | |
| 7057 colnr_T matchcol; | |
| 7058 long nmatched; | |
| 7059 | |
| 7060 if (shl->lnum != 0) | |
| 7061 { | |
| 7062 /* Check for three situations: | |
| 7063 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. | |
| 7064 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. | |
| 7065 * 3. Continue after the previous match. | |
| 7066 */ | |
| 7067 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7068 if (lnum > l) | |
| 7069 shl->lnum = 0; | |
| 7070 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
| 7071 return; | |
| 7072 } | |
| 7073 | |
| 7074 /* | |
| 7075 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" | |
| 7076 * or none is found in this line. | |
| 7077 */ | |
| 7078 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 7079 for (;;) | |
| 7080 { | |
| 1521 | 7081 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 7082 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ | |
| 7083 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) | |
| 7084 { | |
| 7085 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ | |
| 7086 break; | |
| 7087 } | |
| 7088 #endif | |
| 7 | 7089 /* Three situations: |
| 7090 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. | |
| 7091 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. | |
| 7092 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. | |
| 7093 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. | |
| 7094 */ | |
| 7095 if (shl->lnum == 0) | |
| 7096 matchcol = 0; | |
| 7097 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL | |
| 7098 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 | |
| 685 | 7099 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) |
| 7100 { | |
| 688 | 7101 char_u *ml; |
| 685 | 7102 |
| 7103 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; | |
| 688 | 7104 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; |
| 685 | 7105 if (*ml == NUL) |
| 7106 { | |
| 7107 ++matchcol; | |
| 7 | 7108 shl->lnum = 0; |
| 7109 break; | |
| 7110 } | |
| 685 | 7111 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7112 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7113 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); | |
| 7114 else | |
| 7115 #endif | |
| 7116 ++matchcol; | |
| 7 | 7117 } |
| 7118 else | |
| 7119 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 7120 | |
| 7121 shl->lnum = lnum; | |
| 1521 | 7122 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, matchcol, |
| 7123 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME | |
| 7124 &(shl->tm) | |
| 7125 #else | |
| 7126 NULL | |
| 7127 #endif | |
| 7128 ); | |
|
2359
496feb41b83f
Fix: When 'searchhl' causes a hang make CTRL-C disable 'shearchhl'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2356
diff
changeset
|
7129 if (called_emsg || got_int) |
| 7 | 7130 { |
| 7131 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ | |
| 1112 | 7132 if (shl == &search_hl) |
| 7133 { | |
| 1326 | 7134 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ |
| 1112 | 7135 vim_free(shl->rm.regprog); |
| 7136 no_hlsearch = TRUE; | |
| 7137 } | |
| 7 | 7138 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; |
| 1112 | 7139 shl->lnum = 0; |
| 7140 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" message */ | |
| 7 | 7141 break; |
| 7142 } | |
| 7143 if (nmatched == 0) | |
| 7144 { | |
| 7145 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ | |
| 7146 break; | |
| 7147 } | |
| 7148 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 | |
| 7149 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol | |
| 7150 || nmatched > 1 | |
| 7151 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
| 7152 { | |
| 7153 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7154 break; /* useful match found */ | |
| 7155 } | |
| 7156 } | |
| 7157 } | |
| 7158 #endif | |
| 7159 | |
| 7160 static void | |
| 7161 screen_start_highlight(attr) | |
| 7162 int attr; | |
| 7163 { | |
| 7164 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; | |
| 7165 | |
| 7166 screen_attr = attr; | |
| 7167 if (full_screen | |
| 7168 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 7169 && termcap_active | |
| 7170 #endif | |
| 7171 ) | |
| 7172 { | |
| 7173 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7174 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7175 { | |
| 7176 char buf[20]; | |
| 7177 | |
| 681 | 7178 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ |
| 7179 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); | |
| 7 | 7180 OUT_STR(buf); |
| 7181 } | |
| 7182 else | |
| 7183 #endif | |
| 7184 { | |
| 7185 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
| 7186 { | |
| 7187 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7188 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); | |
| 7189 else | |
| 7190 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); | |
| 7191 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
| 7192 attr = 0; | |
| 7193 else | |
| 7194 attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 7195 } | |
| 7196 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ | |
| 7197 out_str(T_MD); | |
| 681 | 7198 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color |
| 7199 && cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7200 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL | |
| 7201 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ | |
| 7202 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7 | 7203 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ |
| 7204 out_str(T_SO); | |
| 205 | 7205 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) |
| 7206 /* underline or undercurl */ | |
| 7 | 7207 out_str(T_US); |
| 7208 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ | |
| 7209 out_str(T_CZH); | |
| 7210 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ | |
| 7211 out_str(T_MR); | |
| 7212 | |
| 7213 /* | |
| 7214 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the | |
| 7215 * bold etc. override the color setting. | |
| 7216 */ | |
| 7217 if (aep != NULL) | |
| 7218 { | |
| 7219 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7220 { | |
| 7221 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) | |
| 7222 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); | |
| 7223 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) | |
| 7224 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); | |
| 7225 } | |
| 7226 else | |
| 7227 { | |
| 7228 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) | |
| 7229 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); | |
| 7230 } | |
| 7231 } | |
| 7232 } | |
| 7233 } | |
| 7234 } | |
| 7235 | |
| 7236 void | |
| 7237 screen_stop_highlight() | |
| 7238 { | |
| 7239 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ | |
| 7240 | |
| 7241 if (screen_attr != 0 | |
| 7242 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 7243 && termcap_active | |
| 7244 #endif | |
| 7245 ) | |
| 7246 { | |
| 7247 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7248 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7249 { | |
| 7250 char buf[20]; | |
| 7251 | |
| 7252 /* use internal GUI code */ | |
| 7253 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); | |
| 7254 OUT_STR(buf); | |
| 7255 } | |
| 7256 else | |
| 7257 #endif | |
| 7258 { | |
| 7259 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
| 7260 { | |
| 7261 attrentry_T *aep; | |
| 7262 | |
| 7263 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7264 { | |
| 7265 /* | |
| 7266 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! | |
| 7267 */ | |
| 7268 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
| 7269 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color | |
| 7270 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)) | |
| 7271 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7272 } | |
| 7273 else | |
| 7274 { | |
| 7275 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
| 7276 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) | |
| 7277 { | |
| 7278 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7279 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7280 else | |
| 7281 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); | |
| 7282 } | |
| 7283 } | |
| 7284 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
| 7285 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 7286 else | |
| 7287 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 7288 } | |
| 7289 | |
| 7290 /* | |
| 7291 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the | |
| 7292 * same sequence several times. | |
| 7293 */ | |
| 7294 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) | |
| 7295 { | |
| 7296 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7297 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7298 else | |
| 7299 out_str(T_SE); | |
| 7300 } | |
| 205 | 7301 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) |
| 7 | 7302 { |
| 7303 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7304 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7305 else | |
| 7306 out_str(T_UE); | |
| 7307 } | |
| 7308 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) | |
| 7309 { | |
| 7310 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7311 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7312 else | |
| 7313 out_str(T_CZR); | |
| 7314 } | |
| 7315 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) | |
| 7316 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7317 | |
| 7318 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7319 { | |
| 7320 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
| 7321 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) | |
| 7322 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); | |
| 7323 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) | |
| 7324 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); | |
| 7325 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7326 out_str(T_MD); | |
| 7327 } | |
| 7328 } | |
| 7329 } | |
| 7330 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 7331 } | |
| 7332 | |
| 7333 /* | |
| 7334 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. | |
| 7335 * The machine specific code may override this again. | |
| 7336 */ | |
| 7337 void | |
| 7338 reset_cterm_colors() | |
| 7339 { | |
| 7340 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7341 { | |
| 7342 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
| 7343 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) | |
| 7344 { | |
| 7345 out_str(T_OP); | |
| 7346 screen_attr = -1; | |
| 7347 } | |
| 7348 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7349 { | |
| 7350 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7351 screen_attr = -1; | |
| 7352 } | |
| 7353 } | |
| 7354 } | |
| 7355 | |
| 7356 /* | |
| 7357 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", | |
| 7358 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. | |
| 7359 */ | |
| 7360 static void | |
| 7361 screen_char(off, row, col) | |
| 7362 unsigned off; | |
| 7363 int row; | |
| 7364 int col; | |
| 7365 { | |
| 7366 int attr; | |
| 7367 | |
| 7368 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after | |
| 7369 * resizing). */ | |
| 7370 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 7371 return; | |
| 7372 | |
| 7373 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. | |
| 7374 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ | |
| 7375 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 | |
| 7376 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 7377 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ | |
| 7378 && !cmdmsg_rl | |
| 7379 #endif | |
| 7380 ) | |
| 7381 { | |
| 7382 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 7383 return; | |
| 7384 } | |
| 7385 | |
| 7386 /* | |
| 7387 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. | |
| 7388 */ | |
| 7389 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 7390 if (screen_char_attr != 0) | |
| 7391 attr = screen_char_attr; | |
| 7392 else | |
| 7393 #endif | |
| 7394 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 7395 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
| 7396 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 7397 | |
| 7398 windgoto(row, col); | |
| 7399 | |
| 7400 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
| 7401 screen_start_highlight(attr); | |
| 7402 | |
| 7403 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7404 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
| 7405 { | |
| 7406 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 7407 | |
| 7408 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ | |
| 7409 | |
| 7410 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 7411 | |
| 7412 out_str(buf); | |
| 7413 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) | |
| 7414 ++screen_cur_col; | |
| 7415 } | |
| 7416 else | |
| 7417 #endif | |
| 7418 { | |
| 7419 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7420 out_flush_check(); | |
| 7421 #endif | |
| 7422 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
| 7423 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7424 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ | |
| 7425 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 7426 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
| 7427 #endif | |
| 7428 } | |
| 7429 | |
| 7430 screen_cur_col++; | |
| 7431 } | |
| 7432 | |
| 7433 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7434 | |
| 7435 /* | |
| 7436 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] | |
| 7437 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. | |
| 7438 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to | |
| 7439 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. | |
| 7440 */ | |
| 7441 static void | |
| 7442 screen_char_2(off, row, col) | |
| 7443 unsigned off; | |
| 7444 int row; | |
| 7445 int col; | |
| 7446 { | |
| 7447 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ | |
| 7448 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) | |
| 7449 return; | |
| 7450 | |
| 7451 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. | |
| 7452 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ | |
| 7453 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) | |
| 7454 { | |
| 7455 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 7456 return; | |
| 7457 } | |
| 7458 | |
| 7459 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the | |
| 7460 * second byte directly. */ | |
| 7461 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7462 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); | |
| 7463 ++screen_cur_col; | |
| 7464 } | |
| 7465 #endif | |
| 7466 | |
| 7467 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7468 /* | |
| 7469 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. | |
| 7470 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. | |
| 7471 */ | |
| 7472 void | |
| 7473 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert) | |
| 7474 int row; | |
| 7475 int col; | |
| 7476 int height; | |
| 7477 int width; | |
| 7478 int invert; | |
| 7479 { | |
| 7480 int r, c; | |
| 7481 int off; | |
| 1378 | 7482 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7483 int max_off; | |
| 7484 #endif | |
| 7 | 7485 |
| 534 | 7486 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ |
| 7487 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 7488 return; | |
| 7489 | |
| 7 | 7490 if (invert) |
| 7491 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; | |
| 7492 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) | |
| 7493 { | |
| 7494 off = LineOffset[r]; | |
| 1378 | 7495 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7496 max_off = off + screen_Columns; | |
| 7497 #endif | |
| 7 | 7498 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) |
| 7499 { | |
| 7500 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 7501 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7502 { |
| 7503 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); | |
| 7504 ++c; | |
| 7505 } | |
| 7506 else | |
| 7507 #endif | |
| 7508 { | |
| 7509 screen_char(off + c, r, c); | |
| 7510 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 7511 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7512 ++c; |
| 7513 #endif | |
| 7514 } | |
| 7515 } | |
| 7516 } | |
| 7517 screen_char_attr = 0; | |
| 7518 } | |
| 7519 #endif | |
| 7520 | |
| 7521 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 7522 /* | |
| 7523 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. | |
| 7524 */ | |
| 7525 static void | |
| 7526 redraw_block(row, end, wp) | |
| 7527 int row; | |
| 7528 int end; | |
| 7529 win_T *wp; | |
| 7530 { | |
| 7531 int col; | |
| 7532 int width; | |
| 7533 | |
| 7534 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 7535 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); | |
| 7536 # endif | |
| 7537 | |
| 7538 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 7539 { | |
| 7540 col = 0; | |
| 7541 width = Columns; | |
| 7542 } | |
| 7543 else | |
| 7544 { | |
| 7545 col = wp->w_wincol; | |
| 7546 width = wp->w_width; | |
| 7547 } | |
| 7548 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); | |
| 7549 } | |
| 7550 #endif | |
| 7551 | |
| 7552 /* | |
| 7553 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' | |
| 7554 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. | |
| 7555 * Use attributes 'attr'. | |
| 7556 */ | |
| 7557 void | |
| 7558 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr) | |
| 7559 int start_row, end_row; | |
| 7560 int start_col, end_col; | |
| 7561 int c1, c2; | |
| 7562 int attr; | |
| 7563 { | |
| 7564 int row; | |
| 7565 int col; | |
| 7566 int off; | |
| 7567 int end_off; | |
| 7568 int did_delete; | |
| 7569 int c; | |
| 7570 int norm_term; | |
| 7571 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7572 int force_next = FALSE; | |
| 7573 #endif | |
| 7574 | |
| 7575 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
| 7576 end_row = screen_Rows; | |
| 7577 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ | |
| 7578 end_col = screen_Columns; | |
| 7579 if (ScreenLines == NULL | |
| 7580 || start_row >= end_row | |
| 7581 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 7582 return; | |
| 7583 | |
| 7584 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ | |
| 7585 norm_term = ( | |
| 7586 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7587 !gui.in_use && | |
| 7588 #endif | |
| 7589 t_colors <= 1); | |
| 7590 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) | |
| 7591 { | |
| 1668 | 7592 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7593 if (has_mbyte | |
| 7594 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7595 && !gui.in_use | |
| 7596 # endif | |
| 7597 ) | |
| 7598 { | |
| 7599 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear | |
| 7600 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a | |
| 7601 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a | |
| 7602 * terminal. */ | |
| 1685 | 7603 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) |
| 1670 | 7604 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); |
| 1677 | 7605 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) |
| 1670 | 7606 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); |
| 1668 | 7607 } |
| 7608 #endif | |
| 7 | 7609 /* |
| 7610 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a | |
| 7611 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a | |
| 7612 * space. | |
| 7613 */ | |
| 7614 did_delete = FALSE; | |
| 7615 if (c2 == ' ' | |
| 7616 && end_col == Columns | |
| 7617 && can_clear(T_CE) | |
| 7618 && (attr == 0 | |
| 7619 || (norm_term | |
| 7620 && attr <= HL_ALL | |
| 7621 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) | |
| 7622 { | |
| 7623 /* | |
| 7624 * check if we really need to clear something | |
| 7625 */ | |
| 7626 col = start_col; | |
| 7627 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ | |
| 7628 ++col; | |
| 7629 | |
| 7630 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
| 7631 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; | |
| 7632 | |
| 7633 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ | |
| 7634 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7635 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7636 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
| 7637 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) | |
| 7638 ++off; | |
| 7639 else | |
| 7640 #endif | |
| 7641 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
| 7642 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) | |
| 7643 ++off; | |
| 7644 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ | |
| 7645 { | |
| 7646 col = off - LineOffset[row]; | |
| 7647 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 7648 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
| 7649 out_str(T_CE); | |
| 7650 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 7651 col = end_col - col; | |
| 7652 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ | |
| 7653 { | |
| 7654 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 7655 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7656 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7657 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 7658 #endif | |
| 7659 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; | |
| 7660 ++off; | |
| 7661 } | |
| 7662 } | |
| 7663 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ | |
| 7664 } | |
| 7665 | |
| 7666 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; | |
| 7667 c = c1; | |
| 7668 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) | |
| 7669 { | |
| 7670 if (ScreenLines[off] != c | |
| 7671 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 7672 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] |
| 7673 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
| 7 | 7674 #endif |
| 7675 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
| 7676 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7677 || force_next | |
| 7678 #endif | |
| 7679 ) | |
| 7680 { | |
| 7681 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7682 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in | |
| 7683 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the | |
| 7684 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our | |
| 7685 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ | |
| 7686 if ( | |
| 7687 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7688 gui.in_use | |
| 7689 # endif | |
| 7690 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 7691 || | |
| 7692 # endif | |
| 7693 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 7694 term_is_xterm | |
| 7695 # endif | |
| 7696 ) | |
| 7697 { | |
| 7698 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' | |
| 7699 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL | |
| 7700 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) | |
| 7701 force_next = TRUE; | |
| 7702 else | |
| 7703 force_next = FALSE; | |
| 7704 } | |
| 7705 #endif | |
| 7706 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 7707 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7708 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7709 { | |
| 7710 if (c >= 0x80) | |
| 7711 { | |
| 7712 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; | |
| 714 | 7713 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; |
| 7 | 7714 } |
| 7715 else | |
| 7716 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 7717 } | |
| 7718 #endif | |
| 7719 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
| 7720 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') | |
| 7721 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7722 } | |
| 7723 ++off; | |
| 7724 if (col == start_col) | |
| 7725 { | |
| 7726 if (did_delete) | |
| 7727 break; | |
| 7728 c = c2; | |
| 7729 } | |
| 7730 } | |
| 7731 if (end_col == Columns) | |
| 7732 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
| 7733 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ | |
| 7734 { | |
| 7735 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 7736 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') | |
| 7737 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ | |
| 644 | 7738 if (start_col == 0) |
| 7739 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ | |
| 7 | 7740 } |
| 7741 } | |
| 7742 } | |
| 7743 | |
| 7744 /* | |
| 7745 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the | |
| 7746 * screen or the command line. | |
| 7747 */ | |
| 7748 void | |
| 7749 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll) | |
| 7750 int check_msg_scroll; | |
| 7751 { | |
| 7752 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) | |
| 7753 && !did_wait_return | |
| 7754 && emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 7755 { | |
| 7756 out_flush(); | |
| 7757 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); | |
| 7758 emsg_on_display = FALSE; | |
| 7759 if (check_msg_scroll) | |
| 7760 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 7761 } | |
| 7762 } | |
| 7763 | |
| 7764 /* | |
| 7765 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed | |
| 7766 * If "clear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. | |
| 7767 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. | |
| 7768 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. | |
| 7769 */ | |
| 7770 int | |
| 7771 screen_valid(clear) | |
| 7772 int clear; | |
| 7773 { | |
| 7774 screenalloc(clear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ | |
| 7775 return (ScreenLines != NULL); | |
| 7776 } | |
| 7777 | |
| 7778 /* | |
| 7779 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. | |
| 7780 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. | |
| 7781 * | |
| 7782 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating | |
| 7783 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing | |
| 7784 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items | |
| 7785 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the | |
| 7786 * final size of the shell is needed. | |
| 7787 */ | |
| 7788 void | |
| 7789 screenalloc(clear) | |
| 7790 int clear; | |
| 7791 { | |
| 7792 int new_row, old_row; | |
| 7793 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7794 int old_Rows; | |
| 7795 #endif | |
| 7796 win_T *wp; | |
| 7797 int outofmem = FALSE; | |
| 7798 int len; | |
| 7799 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; | |
| 7800 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7801 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
| 714 | 7802 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 7803 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; |
| 714 | 7804 int i; |
| 7 | 7805 #endif |
| 7806 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; | |
| 7807 unsigned *new_LineOffset; | |
| 7808 char_u *new_LineWraps; | |
| 671 | 7809 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 681 | 7810 short *new_TabPageIdxs; |
| 671 | 7811 tabpage_T *tp; |
| 7812 #endif | |
| 7 | 7813 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ |
| 944 | 7814 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ |
| 1824 | 7815 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 7816 int retry_count = 0; | |
| 7817 | |
| 7818 retry: | |
| 7819 #endif | |
| 7 | 7820 /* |
| 7821 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and | |
| 7822 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full | |
| 7823 * screen stuff. | |
| 7824 */ | |
| 7825 if ((ScreenLines != NULL | |
| 7826 && Rows == screen_Rows | |
| 7827 && Columns == screen_Columns | |
| 7828 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7829 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) | |
| 7830 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
| 714 | 7831 && p_mco == Screen_mco |
| 7 | 7832 #endif |
| 7833 ) | |
| 7834 || Rows == 0 | |
| 7835 || Columns == 0 | |
| 7836 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) | |
| 7837 return; | |
| 7838 | |
| 7839 /* | |
| 7840 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which | |
| 7841 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just | |
| 7842 * return here. | |
| 7843 */ | |
| 7844 if (entered) | |
| 7845 return; | |
| 7846 entered = TRUE; | |
| 7847 | |
| 911 | 7848 /* |
| 7849 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, | |
| 7850 * thus we must not redraw here! | |
| 7851 */ | |
| 7852 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 7853 | |
| 7 | 7854 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ |
| 7855 | |
| 7856 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ | |
| 7857 | |
| 7858 /* | |
| 7859 * We're changing the size of the screen. | |
| 7860 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. | |
| 7861 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra | |
| 7862 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). | |
| 7863 * - Free the old arrays. | |
| 7864 * | |
| 7865 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! | |
| 7866 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the | |
| 7867 * size is wrong. | |
| 7868 */ | |
| 671 | 7869 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 7870 win_free_lsize(wp); |
| 1946 | 7871 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 7872 if (aucmd_win != NULL) | |
| 7873 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); | |
| 7874 #endif | |
| 7 | 7875 |
| 7876 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7877 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
| 7878 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
|
2122
476336a5ae95
updated for version 7.2.404
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2069
diff
changeset
|
7879 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); |
| 7 | 7880 if (enc_utf8) |
| 7881 { | |
| 7882 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7883 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); | |
| 714 | 7884 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7885 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( |
| 7 | 7886 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
| 7887 } | |
| 7888 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 7889 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7890 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
| 7891 #endif | |
| 7892 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7893 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); | |
| 7894 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7895 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); | |
| 7896 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); | |
| 671 | 7897 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 681 | 7898 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); |
| 671 | 7899 #endif |
| 7 | 7900 |
| 677 | 7901 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 7902 { |
| 7903 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) | |
| 7904 { | |
| 7905 outofmem = TRUE; | |
| 7906 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 1819 | 7907 goto give_up; |
| 7908 #endif | |
| 7909 } | |
| 7910 } | |
| 1906 | 7911 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1946 | 7912 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL |
| 7913 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) | |
| 1906 | 7914 outofmem = TRUE; |
| 7915 #endif | |
| 1819 | 7916 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 7917 give_up: | |
| 7918 #endif | |
| 7 | 7919 |
| 714 | 7920 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7921 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) | |
| 7922 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) | |
| 7923 break; | |
| 7924 #endif | |
| 7 | 7925 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL |
| 7926 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 7927 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) |
| 7 | 7928 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) |
| 7929 #endif | |
| 7930 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL | |
| 7931 || new_LineOffset == NULL | |
| 7932 || new_LineWraps == NULL | |
| 671 | 7933 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 7934 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL | |
| 7935 #endif | |
| 7 | 7936 || outofmem) |
| 7937 { | |
| 944 | 7938 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) |
| 534 | 7939 { |
| 7940 /* guess the size */ | |
| 7941 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); | |
| 7942 | |
| 7943 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over | |
| 7944 * and over again. */ | |
| 944 | 7945 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; |
| 534 | 7946 } |
| 7 | 7947 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); |
| 7948 new_ScreenLines = NULL; | |
| 7949 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7950 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); | |
| 7951 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
| 714 | 7952 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 7953 { | |
| 7954 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
| 7955 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL; | |
| 7956 } | |
| 7 | 7957 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); |
| 7958 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; | |
| 7959 #endif | |
| 7960 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); | |
| 7961 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; | |
| 7962 vim_free(new_LineOffset); | |
| 7963 new_LineOffset = NULL; | |
| 7964 vim_free(new_LineWraps); | |
| 7965 new_LineWraps = NULL; | |
| 671 | 7966 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 7967 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs); | |
| 7968 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL; | |
| 7969 #endif | |
| 7 | 7970 } |
| 7971 else | |
| 7972 { | |
| 944 | 7973 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; |
| 534 | 7974 |
| 7 | 7975 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) |
| 7976 { | |
| 7977 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; | |
| 7978 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; | |
| 7979 | |
| 7980 /* | |
| 7981 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as | |
| 7982 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest | |
| 7983 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when | |
| 7984 * executing an external command, for the GUI). | |
| 7985 */ | |
| 7986 if (!clear) | |
| 7987 { | |
| 7988 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, | |
| 7989 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 7990 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7991 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7992 { | |
| 7993 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, | |
| 7994 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 7995 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 7996 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
| 7997 + new_row * Columns, | |
| 7 | 7998 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
| 7999 } | |
| 8000 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8001 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8002 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8003 #endif | |
| 8004 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8005 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8006 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); | |
| 534 | 8007 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) |
| 7 | 8008 { |
| 8009 if (screen_Columns < Columns) | |
| 8010 len = screen_Columns; | |
| 8011 else | |
| 8012 len = Columns; | |
| 26 | 8013 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 571 | 8014 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they |
| 714 | 8015 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ |
| 8016 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) | |
| 8017 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
| 26 | 8018 #endif |
| 8019 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8020 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8021 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 7 | 8022 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 714 | 8023 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL |
| 8024 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
| 7 | 8025 { |
| 8026 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8027 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8028 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8029 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8030 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
| 8031 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8032 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 7 | 8033 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
| 8034 } | |
| 8035 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
| 8036 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8037 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8038 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8039 #endif | |
| 8040 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8041 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8042 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8043 } | |
| 8044 } | |
| 8045 } | |
| 8046 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ | |
| 8047 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; | |
| 8048 } | |
| 8049 | |
| 356 | 8050 free_screenlines(); |
| 8051 | |
| 7 | 8052 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; |
| 8053 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8054 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; | |
| 714 | 8055 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8056 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; | |
| 8057 Screen_mco = p_mco; | |
| 7 | 8058 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; |
| 8059 #endif | |
| 8060 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; | |
| 8061 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; | |
| 8062 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; | |
| 671 | 8063 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8064 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; | |
| 8065 #endif | |
| 7 | 8066 |
| 8067 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual | |
| 8068 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ | |
| 8069 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8070 old_Rows = screen_Rows; | |
| 8071 #endif | |
| 8072 screen_Rows = Rows; | |
| 8073 screen_Columns = Columns; | |
| 8074 | |
| 8075 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ | |
| 8076 if (clear) | |
| 8077 screenclear2(); | |
| 8078 | |
| 8079 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8080 else if (gui.in_use | |
| 8081 && !gui.starting | |
| 8082 && ScreenLines != NULL | |
| 8083 && old_Rows != Rows) | |
| 8084 { | |
| 8085 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); | |
| 8086 /* | |
| 8087 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external | |
| 8088 * command. | |
| 8089 */ | |
| 8090 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ | |
| 8091 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ | |
| 8092 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ | |
| 8093 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ | |
| 8094 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ | |
| 8095 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ | |
| 8096 } | |
| 8097 #endif | |
| 8098 | |
| 8099 entered = FALSE; | |
| 911 | 8100 --RedrawingDisabled; |
| 766 | 8101 |
| 8102 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 1824 | 8103 /* |
| 8104 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop | |
| 8105 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. | |
| 8106 */ | |
| 8107 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) | |
| 8108 { | |
| 766 | 8109 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 1824 | 8110 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, |
| 8111 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ | |
| 8112 goto retry; | |
| 8113 } | |
| 766 | 8114 #endif |
| 7 | 8115 } |
| 8116 | |
| 8117 void | |
| 356 | 8118 free_screenlines() |
| 8119 { | |
| 8120 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8121 int i; |
| 8122 | |
| 356 | 8123 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); |
| 714 | 8124 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 8125 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
| 356 | 8126 vim_free(ScreenLines2); |
| 8127 #endif | |
| 714 | 8128 vim_free(ScreenLines); |
| 356 | 8129 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); |
| 8130 vim_free(LineOffset); | |
| 8131 vim_free(LineWraps); | |
| 671 | 8132 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8133 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); | |
| 8134 #endif | |
| 356 | 8135 } |
| 8136 | |
| 8137 void | |
| 7 | 8138 screenclear() |
| 8139 { | |
| 8140 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 8141 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ | |
| 8142 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ | |
| 8143 } | |
| 8144 | |
| 8145 static void | |
| 8146 screenclear2() | |
| 8147 { | |
| 8148 int i; | |
| 8149 | |
| 8150 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL | |
| 8151 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8152 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
| 8153 #endif | |
| 8154 ) | |
| 8155 return; | |
| 8156 | |
| 8157 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8158 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 8159 #endif | |
| 8160 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ | |
| 8161 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ | |
| 8162 | |
| 8163 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 8164 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ | |
| 8165 clip_scroll_selection(9999); | |
| 8166 #endif | |
| 8167 | |
| 8168 /* blank out ScreenLines */ | |
| 8169 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
| 8170 { | |
| 8171 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
| 8172 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; | |
| 8173 } | |
| 8174 | |
| 8175 if (can_clear(T_CL)) | |
| 8176 { | |
| 8177 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ | |
| 8178 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 644 | 8179 mode_displayed = FALSE; |
| 7 | 8180 } |
| 8181 else | |
| 8182 { | |
| 8183 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ | |
| 8184 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
| 8185 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
| 8186 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8187 } | |
| 8188 | |
| 8189 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ | |
| 8190 | |
| 8191 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); | |
| 8192 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 670 | 8193 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 673 | 8194 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 670 | 8195 #endif |
| 7 | 8196 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ |
| 8197 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; | |
| 8198 compute_cmdrow(); | |
| 8199 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ | |
| 8200 msg_col = 0; | |
| 8201 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 8202 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ | |
| 8203 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
| 8204 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
| 8205 } | |
| 8206 | |
| 8207 /* | |
| 8208 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. | |
| 8209 */ | |
| 8210 static void | |
| 8211 lineclear(off, width) | |
| 8212 unsigned off; | |
| 8213 int width; | |
| 8214 { | |
| 8215 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8216 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8217 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8218 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, | |
| 8219 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 8220 #endif | |
| 8221 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8222 } | |
| 8223 | |
| 8224 /* | |
| 8225 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an | |
| 8226 * invalid value. | |
| 8227 */ | |
| 8228 static void | |
| 8229 lineinvalid(off, width) | |
| 8230 unsigned off; | |
| 8231 int width; | |
| 8232 { | |
| 8233 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8234 } | |
| 8235 | |
| 8236 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8237 /* | |
| 8238 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". | |
| 8239 */ | |
| 8240 static void | |
| 8241 linecopy(to, from, wp) | |
| 8242 int to; | |
| 8243 int from; | |
| 8244 win_T *wp; | |
| 8245 { | |
| 8246 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8247 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8248 | |
| 8249 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, | |
| 8250 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8251 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8252 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8253 { | |
| 714 | 8254 int i; |
| 8255 | |
| 7 | 8256 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, |
| 8257 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8258 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8259 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, | |
| 8260 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 7 | 8261 } |
| 8262 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8263 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, | |
| 8264 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8265 # endif | |
| 8266 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, | |
| 8267 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8268 } | |
| 8269 #endif | |
| 8270 | |
| 8271 /* | |
| 8272 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. | |
| 8273 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. | |
| 8274 */ | |
| 8275 int | |
| 8276 can_clear(p) | |
| 8277 char_u *p; | |
| 8278 { | |
| 8279 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 | |
| 8280 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8281 || gui.in_use | |
| 8282 #endif | |
| 8283 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL)); | |
| 8284 } | |
| 8285 | |
| 8286 /* | |
| 8287 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting | |
| 8288 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control | |
| 8289 * code. | |
| 8290 */ | |
| 8291 void | |
| 8292 screen_start() | |
| 8293 { | |
| 8294 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; | |
| 8295 } | |
| 8296 | |
| 8297 /* | |
| 8298 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. | |
| 8299 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of | |
| 8300 * characters sent to the terminal. | |
| 8301 */ | |
| 8302 void | |
| 8303 windgoto(row, col) | |
| 8304 int row; | |
| 8305 int col; | |
| 8306 { | |
| 205 | 8307 sattr_T *p; |
| 7 | 8308 int i; |
| 8309 int plan; | |
| 8310 int cost; | |
| 8311 int wouldbe_col; | |
| 8312 int noinvcurs; | |
| 8313 char_u *bs; | |
| 8314 int goto_cost; | |
| 8315 int attr; | |
| 8316 | |
| 1213 | 8317 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ |
| 7 | 8318 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ |
| 8319 | |
| 8320 #define PLAN_LE 1 | |
| 8321 #define PLAN_CR 2 | |
| 8322 #define PLAN_NL 3 | |
| 8323 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 | |
| 8324 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ | |
| 8325 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 8326 return; | |
| 8327 | |
| 8328 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) | |
| 8329 { | |
| 8330 /* Check for valid position. */ | |
| 8331 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ | |
| 8332 row = 0; | |
| 8333 if (row >= screen_Rows) | |
| 8334 row = screen_Rows - 1; | |
| 8335 if (col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 8336 col = screen_Columns - 1; | |
| 8337 | |
| 8338 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ | |
| 8339 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) | |
| 8340 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; | |
| 8341 else | |
| 8342 noinvcurs = 0; | |
| 8343 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; | |
| 8344 | |
| 8345 /* | |
| 8346 * Plan how to do the positioning: | |
| 8347 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. | |
| 8348 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. | |
| 8349 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. | |
| 8350 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. | |
| 8351 * | |
| 8352 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor | |
| 8353 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) | |
| 8354 * | |
| 1213 | 8355 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write |
| 7 | 8356 * characters to move the cursor to the right. |
| 8357 */ | |
| 8358 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) | |
| 8359 { | |
| 8360 /* | |
| 8361 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR | |
| 8362 * or T_LE. | |
| 8363 */ | |
| 8364 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 8365 attr = screen_attr; | |
| 8366 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) | |
| 8367 { | |
| 8368 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ | |
| 8369 if (*T_LE) | |
| 8370 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ | |
| 8371 else | |
| 8372 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ | |
| 8373 if (*bs) | |
| 8374 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); | |
| 8375 else | |
| 8376 cost = 999; | |
| 8377 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ | |
| 8378 { | |
| 8379 plan = PLAN_CR; | |
| 8380 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
| 8381 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ | |
| 8382 } | |
| 8383 else | |
| 8384 { | |
| 8385 plan = PLAN_LE; | |
| 8386 wouldbe_col = col; | |
| 8387 } | |
| 8388 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
| 8389 { | |
| 8390 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8391 attr = 0; | |
| 8392 } | |
| 8393 } | |
| 8394 | |
| 8395 /* | |
| 8396 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. | |
| 8397 */ | |
| 8398 else if (row > screen_cur_row) | |
| 8399 { | |
| 8400 plan = PLAN_NL; | |
| 8401 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
| 8402 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ | |
| 8403 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
| 8404 { | |
| 8405 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8406 attr = 0; | |
| 8407 } | |
| 8408 } | |
| 8409 | |
| 8410 /* | |
| 8411 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. | |
| 8412 */ | |
| 8413 else | |
| 8414 { | |
| 8415 plan = PLAN_WRITE; | |
| 8416 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; | |
| 8417 cost = 0; | |
| 8418 } | |
| 8419 | |
| 8420 /* | |
| 8421 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the | |
| 8422 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. | |
| 8423 */ | |
| 8424 i = col - wouldbe_col; | |
| 8425 if (i > 0) | |
| 8426 cost += i; | |
| 8427 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) | |
| 8428 { | |
| 8429 /* | |
| 8430 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally | |
| 8431 * stopping highlighting. | |
| 8432 */ | |
| 8433 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; | |
| 8434 while (i && *p++ == attr) | |
| 8435 --i; | |
| 8436 if (i != 0) | |
| 8437 { | |
| 8438 /* | |
| 8439 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. | |
| 8440 */ | |
| 8441 if (*--p == 0) | |
| 8442 { | |
| 8443 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8444 while (i && *p++ == 0) | |
| 8445 --i; | |
| 8446 } | |
| 8447 if (i != 0) | |
| 8448 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ | |
| 8449 } | |
| 8450 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8451 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8452 { | |
| 8453 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ | |
| 8454 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) | |
| 8455 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) | |
| 8456 { | |
| 8457 cost = 999; | |
| 8458 break; | |
| 8459 } | |
| 8460 } | |
| 8461 #endif | |
| 8462 } | |
| 8463 | |
| 8464 /* | |
| 8465 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! | |
| 8466 */ | |
| 8467 if (cost < goto_cost) | |
| 8468 { | |
| 8469 if (plan == PLAN_LE) | |
| 8470 { | |
| 8471 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8472 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8473 while (screen_cur_col > col) | |
| 8474 { | |
| 8475 out_str(bs); | |
| 8476 --screen_cur_col; | |
| 8477 } | |
| 8478 } | |
| 8479 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) | |
| 8480 { | |
| 8481 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8482 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8483 out_char('\r'); | |
| 8484 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
| 8485 } | |
| 8486 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) | |
| 8487 { | |
| 8488 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8489 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8490 while (screen_cur_row < row) | |
| 8491 { | |
| 8492 out_char('\n'); | |
| 8493 ++screen_cur_row; | |
| 8494 } | |
| 8495 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
| 8496 } | |
| 8497 | |
| 8498 i = col - screen_cur_col; | |
| 8499 if (i > 0) | |
| 8500 { | |
| 8501 /* | |
| 8502 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids | |
| 8503 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when | |
| 8504 * using the bold trick in the GUI. | |
| 8505 */ | |
| 8506 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) | |
| 8507 { | |
| 8508 while (i-- > 0) | |
| 8509 out_char(*T_ND); | |
| 8510 } | |
| 8511 else | |
| 8512 { | |
| 8513 int off; | |
| 8514 | |
| 8515 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; | |
| 8516 while (i-- > 0) | |
| 8517 { | |
| 8518 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) | |
| 8519 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8520 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8521 out_flush_check(); | |
| 8522 #endif | |
| 8523 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
| 8524 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8525 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
| 8526 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 8527 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
| 8528 #endif | |
| 8529 ++off; | |
| 8530 } | |
| 8531 } | |
| 8532 } | |
| 8533 } | |
| 8534 } | |
| 8535 else | |
| 8536 cost = 999; | |
| 8537 | |
| 8538 if (cost >= goto_cost) | |
| 8539 { | |
| 8540 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8541 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8542 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) && | |
| 8543 *T_CRI != NUL) | |
| 8544 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); | |
| 8545 else | |
| 8546 term_windgoto(row, col); | |
| 8547 } | |
| 8548 screen_cur_row = row; | |
| 8549 screen_cur_col = col; | |
| 8550 } | |
| 8551 } | |
| 8552 | |
| 8553 /* | |
| 8554 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. | |
| 8555 */ | |
| 8556 void | |
| 8557 setcursor() | |
| 8558 { | |
| 8559 if (redrawing()) | |
| 8560 { | |
| 8561 validate_cursor(); | |
| 8562 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, | |
| 8563 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( | |
| 8564 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1545 | 8565 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide |
| 8566 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ | |
| 7 | 8567 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( |
| 8568 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1545 | 8569 (has_mbyte |
| 8570 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 | |
| 8571 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : | |
| 7 | 8572 # endif |
| 8573 1)) : | |
| 8574 #endif | |
| 8575 curwin->w_wcol)); | |
| 8576 } | |
| 8577 } | |
| 8578 | |
| 8579 | |
| 8580 /* | |
| 8581 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp' | |
| 8582 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. | |
| 8583 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
| 8584 * scrolling. | |
| 8585 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. | |
| 8586 */ | |
| 8587 int | |
| 8588 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
| 8589 win_T *wp; | |
| 8590 int row; | |
| 8591 int line_count; | |
| 8592 int invalid; | |
| 8593 int mayclear; | |
| 8594 { | |
| 8595 int did_delete; | |
| 8596 int nextrow; | |
| 8597 int lastrow; | |
| 8598 int retval; | |
| 8599 | |
| 8600 if (invalid) | |
| 8601 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 8602 | |
| 8603 if (wp->w_height < 5) | |
| 8604 return FAIL; | |
| 8605 | |
| 8606 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
| 8607 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 8608 | |
| 8609 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); | |
| 8610 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
| 8611 return retval; | |
| 8612 | |
| 8613 /* | |
| 8614 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the | |
| 8615 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. | |
| 8616 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid | |
| 8617 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. | |
| 8618 */ | |
| 8619 did_delete = FALSE; | |
| 8620 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8621 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) | |
| 8622 { | |
| 8623 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
| 8624 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) | |
| 8625 did_delete = TRUE; | |
| 8626 else if (wp->w_next) | |
| 8627 return FAIL; | |
| 8628 } | |
| 8629 #endif | |
| 8630 /* | |
| 8631 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window | |
| 8632 */ | |
| 8633 if (!did_delete) | |
| 8634 { | |
| 8635 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8636 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8637 #endif | |
| 8638 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8639 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); | |
| 8640 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; | |
| 8641 if (lastrow > Rows) | |
| 8642 lastrow = Rows; | |
| 8643 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, | |
| 8644 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 8645 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 8646 } | |
| 8647 | |
| 8648 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) | |
| 8649 == FAIL) | |
| 8650 { | |
| 8651 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ | |
| 8652 if (did_delete) | |
| 8653 { | |
| 8654 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8655 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8656 #endif | |
| 8657 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); | |
| 8658 } | |
| 8659 return FAIL; | |
| 8660 } | |
| 8661 | |
| 8662 return OK; | |
| 8663 } | |
| 8664 | |
| 8665 /* | |
| 8666 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp" | |
| 8667 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. | |
| 8668 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
| 8669 * scrolling | |
| 8670 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
| 8671 */ | |
| 8672 int | |
| 8673 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
| 8674 win_T *wp; | |
| 8675 int row; | |
| 8676 int line_count; | |
| 8677 int invalid; | |
| 8678 int mayclear; | |
| 8679 { | |
| 8680 int retval; | |
| 8681 | |
| 8682 if (invalid) | |
| 8683 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 8684 | |
| 8685 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
| 8686 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 8687 | |
| 8688 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); | |
| 8689 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
| 8690 return retval; | |
| 8691 | |
| 8692 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, | |
| 8693 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 8694 return FAIL; | |
| 8695 | |
| 8696 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8697 /* | |
| 8698 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the | |
| 8699 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. | |
| 8700 */ | |
| 8701 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 8702 { | |
| 8703 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
| 8704 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 8705 { | |
| 8706 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8707 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); | |
| 8708 } | |
| 8709 } | |
| 8710 /* | |
| 8711 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the | |
| 8712 * command line later. | |
| 8713 */ | |
| 8714 else | |
| 8715 #endif | |
| 8716 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8717 return OK; | |
| 8718 } | |
| 8719 | |
| 8720 /* | |
| 8721 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). | |
| 8722 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. | |
| 8723 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. | |
| 8724 */ | |
| 8725 static int | |
| 8726 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del) | |
| 8727 win_T *wp; | |
| 8728 int row; | |
| 8729 int line_count; | |
| 8730 int mayclear; | |
| 8731 int del; | |
| 8732 { | |
| 8733 int retval; | |
| 8734 | |
| 8735 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) | |
| 8736 return FAIL; | |
| 8737 | |
| 8738 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ | |
| 8739 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 | |
| 8740 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8741 && wp->w_width == Columns | |
| 8742 #endif | |
| 8743 ) | |
| 8744 { | |
| 8745 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ | |
| 8746 return FAIL; | |
| 8747 } | |
| 8748 | |
| 8749 /* | |
| 8750 * Delete all remaining lines | |
| 8751 */ | |
| 8752 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) | |
| 8753 { | |
| 8754 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 8755 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 8756 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 8757 return OK; | |
| 8758 } | |
| 8759 | |
| 8760 /* | |
| 8761 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, | |
| 8762 * otherwise it will stay there forever. | |
| 8763 */ | |
| 8764 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8765 | |
| 8766 /* | |
| 8767 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. | |
| 8768 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from | |
| 8769 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using | |
| 8770 * win_line(). | |
| 8771 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing | |
| 8772 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a | |
| 8773 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version. | |
| 8774 */ | |
| 8775 if (scroll_region | |
| 8776 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8777 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns | |
| 8778 #endif | |
| 8779 ) | |
| 8780 { | |
| 8781 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8782 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
| 8783 #endif | |
| 8784 scroll_region_set(wp, row); | |
| 8785 if (del) | |
| 8786 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
| 8787 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); | |
| 8788 else | |
| 8789 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
| 8790 wp->w_height - row, wp); | |
| 8791 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8792 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
| 8793 #endif | |
| 8794 scroll_region_reset(); | |
| 8795 return retval; | |
| 8796 } | |
| 8797 | |
| 8798 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8799 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ | |
| 8800 return FAIL; | |
| 8801 #endif | |
| 8802 | |
| 8803 return MAYBE; | |
| 8804 } | |
| 8805 | |
| 8806 /* | |
| 8807 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw | |
| 8808 */ | |
| 8809 static void | |
| 8810 win_rest_invalid(wp) | |
| 8811 win_T *wp; | |
| 8812 { | |
| 8813 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8814 while (wp != NULL) | |
| 8815 #else | |
| 8816 if (wp != NULL) | |
| 8817 #endif | |
| 8818 { | |
| 8819 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); | |
| 8820 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8821 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8822 wp = wp->w_next; | |
| 8823 #endif | |
| 8824 } | |
| 8825 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8826 } | |
| 8827 | |
| 8828 /* | |
| 8829 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The | |
| 8830 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding | |
| 8831 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor | |
| 8832 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. | |
| 8833 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually | |
| 8834 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate | |
| 8835 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. | |
| 8836 */ | |
| 8837 | |
| 8838 /* | |
| 8839 * types for inserting or deleting lines | |
| 8840 */ | |
| 8841 #define USE_T_CAL 1 | |
| 8842 #define USE_T_CDL 2 | |
| 8843 #define USE_T_AL 3 | |
| 8844 #define USE_T_CE 4 | |
| 8845 #define USE_T_DL 5 | |
| 8846 #define USE_T_SR 6 | |
| 8847 #define USE_NL 7 | |
| 8848 #define USE_T_CD 8 | |
| 8849 #define USE_REDRAW 9 | |
| 8850 | |
| 8851 /* | |
| 8852 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
| 8853 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
| 8854 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
| 8855 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
| 8856 * | |
| 8857 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. | |
| 8858 */ | |
| 446 | 8859 int |
| 7 | 8860 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp) |
| 8861 int off; | |
| 8862 int row; | |
| 8863 int line_count; | |
| 8864 int end; | |
| 8865 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */ | |
| 8866 { | |
| 8867 int i; | |
| 8868 int j; | |
| 8869 unsigned temp; | |
| 8870 int cursor_row; | |
| 8871 int type; | |
| 8872 int result_empty; | |
| 8873 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); | |
| 8874 | |
| 8875 /* | |
| 8876 * FAIL if | |
| 8877 * - there is no valid screen | |
| 8878 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
| 8879 * - the line count is less than one | |
| 8880 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
| 8881 */ | |
| 8882 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll) | |
| 8883 return FAIL; | |
| 8884 | |
| 8885 /* | |
| 8886 * There are seven ways to insert lines: | |
| 8887 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
| 8888 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 8889 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of | |
| 8890 * the insert is just empty lines | |
| 8891 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not | |
| 8892 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts | |
| 8893 * at once. | |
| 8894 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the | |
| 8895 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > | |
| 8896 * 1. | |
| 8897 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. | |
| 8898 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
| 8899 * just empty lines. | |
| 8900 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
| 8901 * just empty lines. | |
| 8902 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and | |
| 8903 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. | |
| 8904 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 8905 * | |
| 8906 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves | |
| 8907 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it | |
| 8908 * exists. | |
| 8909 */ | |
| 8910 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); | |
| 8911 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8912 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
| 8913 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
| 8914 else | |
| 8915 #endif | |
| 8916 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
| 8917 type = USE_T_CD; | |
| 8918 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) | |
| 8919 type = USE_T_CAL; | |
| 8920 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) | |
| 8921 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 8922 else if (*T_AL != NUL) | |
| 8923 type = USE_T_AL; | |
| 8924 else if (can_ce && result_empty) | |
| 8925 type = USE_T_CE; | |
| 8926 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) | |
| 8927 type = USE_T_DL; | |
| 8928 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) | |
| 8929 type = USE_T_SR; | |
| 8930 else | |
| 8931 return FAIL; | |
| 8932 | |
| 8933 /* | |
| 8934 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take | |
| 8935 * care of t_db if necessary. | |
| 8936 */ | |
| 8937 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || | |
| 8938 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) | |
| 8939 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
| 8940 | |
| 8941 /* | |
| 8942 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many | |
| 8943 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that | |
| 8944 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. | |
| 8945 */ | |
| 8946 if (*T_DB) | |
| 8947 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
| 8948 | |
| 8949 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 8950 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen | |
| 8951 * or not the full width of the screen. */ | |
| 8952 if (off + row > 0 | |
| 8953 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8954 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 8955 # endif | |
| 8956 ) | |
| 8957 clip_clear_selection(); | |
| 8958 else | |
| 8959 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); | |
| 8960 #endif | |
| 8961 | |
| 8962 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8963 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
| 8964 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
| 8965 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
| 8966 #endif | |
| 8967 | |
| 8968 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
| 8969 cursor_row = row; | |
| 8970 else | |
| 8971 cursor_row = row + off; | |
| 8972 | |
| 8973 /* | |
| 8974 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. | |
| 8975 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
| 8976 */ | |
| 8977 row += off; | |
| 8978 end += off; | |
| 8979 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 8980 { | |
| 8981 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8982 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 8983 { | |
| 8984 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
| 8985 j = end - 1 - i; | |
| 8986 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
| 8987 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); | |
| 8988 j += line_count; | |
| 8989 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 8990 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 8991 else | |
| 8992 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 8993 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
| 8994 } | |
| 8995 else | |
| 8996 #endif | |
| 8997 { | |
| 8998 j = end - 1 - i; | |
| 8999 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9000 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
| 9001 { | |
| 9002 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9003 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
| 9004 } | |
| 9005 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; | |
| 9006 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; | |
| 9007 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9008 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9009 else | |
| 9010 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9011 } | |
| 9012 } | |
| 9013 | |
| 9014 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9015 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9016 | |
| 9017 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9018 /* redraw the characters */ | |
| 9019 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
| 9020 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
| 9021 else | |
| 9022 #endif | |
| 9023 if (type == USE_T_CAL) | |
| 9024 { | |
| 9025 term_append_lines(line_count); | |
| 9026 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9027 } | |
| 9028 else | |
| 9029 { | |
| 9030 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) | |
| 9031 { | |
| 9032 if (type == USE_T_AL) | |
| 9033 { | |
| 9034 if (i && cursor_row != 0) | |
| 9035 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9036 out_str(T_AL); | |
| 9037 } | |
| 9038 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ | |
| 9039 out_str(T_SR); | |
| 9040 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9041 } | |
| 9042 } | |
| 9043 | |
| 9044 /* | |
| 9045 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that | |
| 9046 * have been scrolled down into the region. | |
| 9047 */ | |
| 9048 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) | |
| 9049 { | |
| 9050 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9051 { | |
| 9052 windgoto(off + i, 0); | |
| 9053 out_str(T_CE); | |
| 9054 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9055 } | |
| 9056 } | |
| 9057 | |
| 9058 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9059 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
| 9060 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9061 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
| 9062 #endif | |
| 9063 return OK; | |
| 9064 } | |
| 9065 | |
| 9066 /* | |
| 9067 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
| 9068 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
| 9069 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
| 9070 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
| 9071 * | |
| 9072 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
| 9073 */ | |
| 9074 int | |
| 9075 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp) | |
| 9076 int off; | |
| 9077 int row; | |
| 9078 int line_count; | |
| 9079 int end; | |
| 9080 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ | |
| 1883 | 9081 win_T *wp UNUSED; /* NULL or window to use width from */ |
| 7 | 9082 { |
| 9083 int j; | |
| 9084 int i; | |
| 9085 unsigned temp; | |
| 9086 int cursor_row; | |
| 9087 int cursor_end; | |
| 9088 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ | |
| 9089 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ | |
| 9090 int type; | |
| 9091 | |
| 9092 /* | |
| 9093 * FAIL if | |
| 9094 * - there is no valid screen | |
| 9095 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
| 9096 * - the line count is less than one | |
| 9097 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
| 9098 */ | |
| 9099 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || | |
| 9100 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll)) | |
| 9101 return FAIL; | |
| 9102 | |
| 9103 /* | |
| 9104 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. | |
| 9105 */ | |
| 9106 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; | |
| 9107 | |
| 9108 /* | |
| 9109 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option | |
| 9110 * available. | |
| 9111 */ | |
| 9112 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); | |
| 9113 | |
| 9114 /* | |
| 9115 * There are six ways to delete lines: | |
| 9116 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
| 9117 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9118 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. | |
| 9119 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. | |
| 9120 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or | |
| 9121 * none of the other ways work. | |
| 9122 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. | |
| 9123 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. | |
| 9124 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9125 */ | |
| 9126 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9127 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
| 9128 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
| 9129 else | |
| 9130 #endif | |
| 9131 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
| 9132 type = USE_T_CD; | |
| 9133 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) | |
| 9134 /* | |
| 9135 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in | |
| 9136 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != | |
| 9137 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* | |
| 9138 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do | |
| 9139 * the trick... | |
| 9140 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. | |
| 9141 * (Olaf Seibert) | |
| 9142 */ | |
| 9143 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option | |
| 9144 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
| 9145 #else | |
| 9146 else if (row == 0 && ( | |
| 9147 #ifndef AMIGA | |
| 9148 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll | |
| 9149 * up, so use delete-line command */ | |
| 9150 line_count == 1 || | |
| 9151 #endif | |
| 9152 *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
| 9153 #endif | |
| 9154 type = USE_NL; | |
| 9155 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) | |
| 9156 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9157 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty | |
| 9158 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9159 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) | |
| 9160 #endif | |
| 9161 ) | |
| 9162 type = USE_T_CE; | |
| 9163 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) | |
| 9164 type = USE_T_DL; | |
| 9165 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) | |
| 9166 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9167 else | |
| 9168 return FAIL; | |
| 9169 | |
| 9170 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 9171 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or | |
| 9172 * not the full width of the screen. */ | |
| 9173 if (off + row > 0 | |
| 9174 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9175 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9176 # endif | |
| 9177 ) | |
| 9178 clip_clear_selection(); | |
| 9179 else | |
| 9180 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); | |
| 9181 #endif | |
| 9182 | |
| 9183 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9184 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
| 9185 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
| 9186 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
| 9187 #endif | |
| 9188 | |
| 9189 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
| 9190 { | |
| 9191 cursor_row = row; | |
| 9192 cursor_end = end; | |
| 9193 } | |
| 9194 else | |
| 9195 { | |
| 9196 cursor_row = row + off; | |
| 9197 cursor_end = end + off; | |
| 9198 } | |
| 9199 | |
| 9200 /* | |
| 9201 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. | |
| 9202 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9203 */ | |
| 9204 row += off; | |
| 9205 end += off; | |
| 9206 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9207 { | |
| 9208 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9209 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9210 { | |
| 9211 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
| 9212 j = row + i; | |
| 9213 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
| 9214 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); | |
| 9215 j -= line_count; | |
| 9216 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9217 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9218 else | |
| 9219 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9220 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
| 9221 } | |
| 9222 else | |
| 9223 #endif | |
| 9224 { | |
| 9225 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ | |
| 9226 j = row + i; | |
| 9227 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9228 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
| 9229 { | |
| 9230 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9231 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
| 9232 } | |
| 9233 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; | |
| 9234 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; | |
| 9235 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9236 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9237 else | |
| 9238 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9239 } | |
| 9240 } | |
| 9241 | |
| 9242 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9243 | |
| 9244 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9245 /* redraw the characters */ | |
| 9246 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
| 9247 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
| 9248 else | |
| 9249 #endif | |
| 9250 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ | |
| 9251 { | |
| 9252 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9253 out_str(T_CD); | |
| 9254 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9255 } | |
| 9256 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) | |
| 9257 { | |
| 9258 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9259 term_delete_lines(line_count); | |
| 9260 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9261 } | |
| 9262 /* | |
| 9263 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll | |
| 9264 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the | |
| 9265 * last line. | |
| 9266 */ | |
| 9267 else if (type == USE_NL) | |
| 9268 { | |
| 9269 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); | |
| 9270 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 9271 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ | |
| 9272 } | |
| 9273 else | |
| 9274 { | |
| 9275 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 9276 { | |
| 9277 if (type == USE_T_DL) | |
| 9278 { | |
| 9279 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9280 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ | |
| 9281 } | |
| 9282 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ | |
| 9283 { | |
| 9284 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); | |
| 9285 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
| 9286 } | |
| 9287 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9288 } | |
| 9289 } | |
| 9290 | |
| 9291 /* | |
| 9292 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been | |
| 9293 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. | |
| 9294 */ | |
| 9295 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) | |
| 9296 { | |
| 9297 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) | |
| 9298 { | |
| 9299 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); | |
| 9300 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
| 9301 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9302 } | |
| 9303 } | |
| 9304 | |
| 9305 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9306 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
| 9307 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9308 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
| 9309 #endif | |
| 9310 | |
| 9311 return OK; | |
| 9312 } | |
| 9313 | |
| 9314 /* | |
| 9315 * show the current mode and ruler | |
| 9316 * | |
| 9317 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. | |
| 9318 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be | |
| 9319 * cleared only if a mode is shown. | |
| 9320 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). | |
| 9321 */ | |
| 9322 int | |
| 9323 showmode() | |
| 9324 { | |
| 9325 int need_clear; | |
| 9326 int length = 0; | |
| 9327 int do_mode; | |
| 9328 int attr; | |
| 9329 int nwr_save; | |
| 9330 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9331 int sub_attr; | |
| 9332 #endif | |
| 9333 | |
| 642 | 9334 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 9335 && ((State & INSERT) | |
| 9336 || restart_edit | |
| 7 | 9337 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 9338 || VIsual_active | |
| 9339 #endif | |
| 9340 )); | |
| 9341 if (do_mode || Recording) | |
| 9342 { | |
| 9343 /* | |
| 9344 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. | |
| 9345 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because | |
| 9346 * it takes a bit of time. | |
| 9347 */ | |
| 9348 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) | |
| 9349 { | |
| 9350 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ | |
| 9351 return 0; | |
| 9352 } | |
| 9353 | |
| 9354 nwr_save = need_wait_return; | |
| 9355 | |
| 9356 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ | |
| 9357 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 9358 | |
| 9359 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ | |
| 9360 need_clear = clear_cmdline; | |
| 9361 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 9362 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
| 9363 | |
| 9364 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ | |
| 9365 msg_pos_mode(); | |
| 9366 cursor_off(); | |
| 9367 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ | |
| 9368 if (do_mode) | |
| 9369 { | |
| 9370 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); | |
| 9371 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) | |
| 1668 | 9372 # if 0 /* old version, changed by SungHyun Nam July 2008 */ |
| 7 | 9373 if (xic != NULL && im_get_status() && !p_imdisable |
| 9374 && curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM) | |
| 1668 | 9375 # else |
| 9376 if ( | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2269
diff
changeset
|
9377 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 1668 | 9378 preedit_get_status() |
| 9379 # else | |
| 9380 im_get_status() | |
| 9381 # endif | |
| 9382 ) | |
| 9383 # endif | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2269
diff
changeset
|
9384 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ |
| 7 | 9385 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); |
| 9386 # else | |
| 9387 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); | |
| 9388 # endif | |
| 9389 #endif | |
| 9390 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) | |
| 9391 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9392 { | |
| 9393 if (hangul_input_state_get()) | |
| 236 | 9394 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */ |
| 7 | 9395 } |
| 9396 #endif | |
| 9397 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9398 if (edit_submode != NULL) /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ | |
| 9399 { | |
| 9400 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow | |
| 9401 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ | |
| 9402 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; | |
| 9403 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 9404 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); | |
| 9405 if (length > 0) | |
| 9406 { | |
| 9407 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
| 9408 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); | |
| 9409 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) | |
| 9410 { | |
| 9411 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
| 9412 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); | |
| 9413 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); | |
| 9414 } | |
| 9415 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 9416 { | |
| 9417 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ | |
| 9418 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) | |
| 9419 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl); | |
| 9420 else | |
| 9421 sub_attr = attr; | |
| 9422 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); | |
| 9423 } | |
| 9424 } | |
| 9425 length = 0; | |
| 9426 } | |
| 9427 else | |
| 9428 #endif | |
| 9429 { | |
| 9430 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9431 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9432 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); | |
| 9433 else | |
| 9434 #endif | |
| 9435 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9436 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); | |
| 9437 else if (State & INSERT) | |
| 9438 { | |
| 9439 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9440 if (p_ri) | |
| 9441 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); | |
| 9442 #endif | |
| 9443 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); | |
| 9444 } | |
| 9445 else if (restart_edit == 'I') | |
| 9446 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); | |
| 9447 else if (restart_edit == 'R') | |
| 9448 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); | |
| 9449 else if (restart_edit == 'V') | |
| 9450 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); | |
| 9451 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9452 if (p_hkmap) | |
| 9453 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); | |
| 9454 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 9455 if (p_fkmap) | |
| 9456 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); | |
| 9457 # endif | |
| 9458 #endif | |
| 9459 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
| 9460 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 9461 { | |
| 9462 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 9463 if (curwin->w_p_arab) | |
| 9464 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); | |
| 9465 else | |
| 9466 # endif | |
| 9467 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr); | |
| 9468 } | |
| 9469 #endif | |
| 9470 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) | |
| 9471 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); | |
| 9472 | |
| 9473 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 9474 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 9475 { | |
| 9476 char *p; | |
| 9477 | |
| 9478 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation | |
| 9479 * problems. */ | |
| 9480 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) | |
| 9481 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 | |
| 9482 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) | |
| 9483 { | |
| 9484 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; | |
| 9485 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; | |
| 9486 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; | |
| 9487 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; | |
| 9488 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; | |
| 9489 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; | |
| 9490 } | |
| 9491 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); | |
| 9492 } | |
| 9493 #endif | |
| 9494 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); | |
| 9495 } | |
| 644 | 9496 |
| 7 | 9497 need_clear = TRUE; |
| 9498 } | |
| 9499 if (Recording | |
| 9500 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9501 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ | |
| 9502 #endif | |
| 9503 ) | |
| 9504 { | |
| 9505 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); | |
| 9506 need_clear = TRUE; | |
| 9507 } | |
| 644 | 9508 |
| 9509 mode_displayed = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 9510 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) |
| 9511 msg_clr_eos(); | |
| 9512 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ | |
| 9513 length = msg_col; | |
| 9514 msg_col = 0; | |
| 9515 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ | |
| 9516 } | |
| 9517 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) | |
| 9518 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ | |
| 9519 msg_clr_cmdline(); | |
| 9520 | |
| 9521 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9522 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 9523 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ | |
| 9524 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 9525 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9526 # endif | |
| 9527 | |
| 9528 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode | |
| 9529 * message and must be redrawn */ | |
| 9530 if (redrawing() | |
| 9531 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9532 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 | |
| 9533 # endif | |
| 9534 ) | |
| 9535 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); | |
| 9536 #endif | |
| 9537 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 9538 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 9539 | |
| 9540 return length; | |
| 9541 } | |
| 9542 | |
| 9543 /* | |
| 9544 * Position for a mode message. | |
| 9545 */ | |
| 9546 static void | |
| 9547 msg_pos_mode() | |
| 9548 { | |
| 9549 msg_col = 0; | |
| 9550 msg_row = Rows - 1; | |
| 9551 } | |
| 9552 | |
| 9553 /* | |
| 9554 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end | |
| 9555 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). | |
| 644 | 9556 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". |
| 7 | 9557 */ |
| 9558 void | |
| 9559 unshowmode(force) | |
| 9560 int force; | |
| 9561 { | |
| 9562 /* | |
|
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
9563 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. |
| 7 | 9564 */ |
| 9565 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) | |
| 9566 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ | |
| 9567 else | |
| 9568 { | |
| 9569 msg_pos_mode(); | |
| 9570 if (Recording) | |
| 9571 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM)); | |
| 9572 msg_clr_eos(); | |
| 9573 } | |
| 9574 } | |
| 9575 | |
| 667 | 9576 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 9577 /* | |
| 9578 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. | |
| 9579 */ | |
| 9580 static void | |
| 677 | 9581 draw_tabline() |
| 667 | 9582 { |
| 9583 int tabcount = 0; | |
| 9584 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 9585 int tabwidth; | |
| 9586 int col = 0; | |
| 673 | 9587 int scol = 0; |
| 667 | 9588 int attr; |
| 9589 win_T *wp; | |
| 671 | 9590 win_T *cwp; |
| 9591 int wincount; | |
| 9592 int modified; | |
| 667 | 9593 int c; |
| 9594 int len; | |
| 9595 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS); | |
| 9596 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP); | |
| 9597 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); | |
| 673 | 9598 char_u *p; |
| 677 | 9599 int room; |
| 9600 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 | |
| 9601 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9602 && !gui.in_use | |
| 9603 #endif | |
| 9604 ); | |
| 673 | 9605 |
| 9606 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 9607 |
| 685 | 9608 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 798 | 9609 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ |
| 685 | 9610 if (gui_use_tabline()) |
| 9611 { | |
| 9612 gui_update_tabline(); | |
| 9613 return; | |
| 9614 } | |
| 9615 #endif | |
| 9616 | |
| 9617 if (tabline_height() < 1) | |
| 667 | 9618 return; |
| 9619 | |
| 677 | 9620 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 681 | 9621 |
| 9622 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ | |
| 9623 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) | |
| 9624 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; | |
| 9625 | |
| 677 | 9626 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ |
| 9627 if (*p_tal != NUL) | |
| 9628 { | |
| 680 | 9629 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
| 9630 | |
| 9631 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the | |
| 9632 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ | |
| 9633 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 677 | 9634 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); |
| 680 | 9635 if (called_emsg) |
| 9636 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, | |
| 694 | 9637 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
| 680 | 9638 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 9639 } | |
| 9640 else | |
| 9641 #endif | |
| 9642 { | |
| 9643 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 9644 ++tabcount; | |
| 9645 | |
| 9646 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; | |
| 9647 if (tabwidth < 6) | |
| 9648 tabwidth = 6; | |
| 9649 | |
| 9650 attr = attr_nosel; | |
| 9651 tabcount = 0; | |
| 681 | 9652 scol = 0; |
| 699 | 9653 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; |
| 9654 tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 680 | 9655 { |
| 9656 scol = col; | |
| 9657 | |
| 9658 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) | |
| 9659 attr = attr_sel; | |
| 9660 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) | |
| 9661 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9662 | |
| 9663 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) | |
| 9664 attr = attr_nosel; | |
| 9665 | |
| 9666 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9667 | |
| 9668 if (tp == curtab) | |
| 9669 { | |
| 9670 cwp = curwin; | |
| 9671 wp = firstwin; | |
| 9672 } | |
| 9673 else | |
| 9674 { | |
| 9675 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; | |
| 9676 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; | |
| 9677 } | |
| 9678 | |
| 9679 modified = FALSE; | |
| 9680 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) | |
| 9681 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
| 9682 modified = TRUE; | |
| 9683 if (modified || wincount > 1) | |
| 9684 { | |
| 9685 if (wincount > 1) | |
| 9686 { | |
| 9687 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); | |
| 835 | 9688 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); |
| 699 | 9689 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) |
| 9690 break; | |
| 680 | 9691 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, |
| 677 | 9692 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) |
| 680 | 9693 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T)) |
| 677 | 9694 #else |
| 680 | 9695 attr |
| 9696 #endif | |
| 9697 ); | |
| 9698 col += len; | |
| 9699 } | |
| 9700 if (modified) | |
| 9701 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9702 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9703 } | |
| 9704 | |
| 9705 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; | |
| 9706 if (room > 0) | |
| 9707 { | |
| 685 | 9708 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ |
| 9709 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); | |
| 819 | 9710 shorten_dir(NameBuff); |
| 680 | 9711 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); |
| 9712 p = NameBuff; | |
| 677 | 9713 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 680 | 9714 if (has_mbyte) |
| 9715 while (len > room) | |
| 9716 { | |
| 9717 len -= ptr2cells(p); | |
| 9718 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 9719 } | |
| 9720 else | |
| 9721 #endif | |
| 9722 if (len > room) | |
| 677 | 9723 { |
| 680 | 9724 p += len - room; |
| 9725 len = room; | |
| 677 | 9726 } |
| 699 | 9727 if (len > Columns - col - 1) |
| 9728 len = Columns - col - 1; | |
| 680 | 9729 |
| 835 | 9730 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); |
| 680 | 9731 col += len; |
| 9732 } | |
| 9733 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9734 | |
| 9735 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that | |
| 9736 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ | |
| 9737 ++tabcount; | |
| 9738 while (scol < col) | |
| 9739 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; | |
| 9740 } | |
| 9741 | |
| 9742 if (use_sep_chars) | |
| 9743 c = '_'; | |
| 9744 else | |
| 9745 c = ' '; | |
| 9746 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); | |
| 681 | 9747 |
| 9748 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ | |
| 9749 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) | |
| 9750 { | |
| 9751 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); | |
| 9752 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; | |
| 9753 } | |
| 9754 } | |
| 834 | 9755 |
| 9756 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be | |
| 9757 * set. */ | |
| 9758 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 9759 } |
| 685 | 9760 |
| 9761 /* | |
| 9762 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. | |
| 9763 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. | |
| 9764 */ | |
| 9765 void | |
| 9766 get_trans_bufname(buf) | |
| 9767 buf_T *buf; | |
| 9768 { | |
| 9769 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) | |
| 9770 STRCPY(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf)); | |
| 9771 else | |
| 9772 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); | |
| 9773 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
| 9774 } | |
| 667 | 9775 #endif |
| 9776 | |
| 7 | 9777 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 9778 /* | |
| 9779 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
| 9780 */ | |
| 9781 static int | |
| 9782 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin) | |
| 9783 int *attr; | |
| 9784 int is_curwin; | |
| 9785 { | |
| 9786 int fill; | |
| 9787 if (is_curwin) | |
| 9788 { | |
| 9789 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S); | |
| 9790 fill = fill_stl; | |
| 9791 } | |
| 9792 else | |
| 9793 { | |
| 9794 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC); | |
| 9795 fill = fill_stlnc; | |
| 9796 } | |
| 9797 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current | |
| 9798 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the | |
| 9799 * current window */ | |
| 9800 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC) | |
| 9801 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin) | |
| 9802 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) | |
| 9803 return fill; | |
| 9804 if (is_curwin) | |
| 9805 return '^'; | |
| 9806 return '='; | |
| 9807 } | |
| 9808 #endif | |
| 9809 | |
| 9810 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9811 /* | |
| 9812 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. | |
| 9813 * Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
| 9814 */ | |
| 9815 static int | |
| 9816 fillchar_vsep(attr) | |
| 9817 int *attr; | |
| 9818 { | |
| 9819 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C); | |
| 9820 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') | |
| 9821 return '|'; | |
| 9822 else | |
| 9823 return fill_vert; | |
| 9824 } | |
| 9825 #endif | |
| 9826 | |
| 9827 /* | |
| 9828 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. | |
| 9829 */ | |
| 9830 int | |
| 9831 redrawing() | |
| 9832 { | |
| 9833 return (!RedrawingDisabled | |
| 9834 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); | |
| 9835 } | |
| 9836 | |
| 9837 /* | |
| 9838 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. | |
| 9839 */ | |
| 9840 int | |
| 9841 messaging() | |
| 9842 { | |
| 9843 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); | |
| 9844 } | |
| 9845 | |
| 9846 /* | |
| 9847 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places | |
| 9848 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. | |
| 9849 */ | |
| 9850 void | |
| 9851 showruler(always) | |
| 9852 int always; | |
| 9853 { | |
| 9854 if (!always && !redrawing()) | |
| 9855 return; | |
| 574 | 9856 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9857 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 9858 { | |
| 639 | 9859 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 574 | 9860 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ |
| 9861 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 639 | 9862 # endif |
| 574 | 9863 return; |
| 9864 } | |
| 9865 #endif | |
| 7 | 9866 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 40 | 9867 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) |
| 680 | 9868 { |
| 1983 | 9869 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); |
| 680 | 9870 } |
| 7 | 9871 else |
| 9872 #endif | |
| 9873 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9874 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); | |
| 9875 #endif | |
| 9876 | |
| 9877 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 9878 if (need_maketitle | |
| 9879 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 9880 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) | |
| 9881 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) | |
| 9882 # endif | |
| 9883 ) | |
| 9884 maketitle(); | |
| 9885 #endif | |
| 1588 | 9886 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 9887 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
| 9888 if (redraw_tabline) | |
| 9889 draw_tabline(); | |
| 9890 #endif | |
| 7 | 9891 } |
| 9892 | |
| 9893 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9894 static void | |
| 9895 win_redr_ruler(wp, always) | |
| 9896 win_T *wp; | |
| 9897 int always; | |
| 9898 { | |
| 1869 | 9899 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 |
| 9900 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; | |
| 7 | 9901 int row; |
| 9902 int fillchar; | |
| 9903 int attr; | |
| 9904 int empty_line = FALSE; | |
| 9905 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 9906 int i; | |
| 1869 | 9907 size_t len; |
| 7 | 9908 int o; |
| 9909 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9910 int this_ru_col; | |
| 9911 int off = 0; | |
| 9912 int width = Columns; | |
| 9913 # define WITH_OFF(x) x | |
| 9914 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x | |
| 9915 #else | |
| 9916 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 | |
| 9917 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns | |
| 9918 # define this_ru_col ru_col | |
| 9919 #endif | |
| 9920 | |
| 9921 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ | |
| 9922 if (!p_ru) | |
| 9923 return; | |
| 9924 | |
| 9925 /* | |
| 9926 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called | |
| 9927 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. | |
| 9928 */ | |
| 9929 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9930 return; | |
| 9931 | |
| 9932 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9933 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite | |
| 9934 * the (long) mode message. */ | |
| 9935 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9936 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 9937 # endif | |
| 9938 if (edit_submode != NULL) | |
| 9939 return; | |
| 540 | 9940 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ |
| 9941 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 9942 return; | |
| 7 | 9943 #endif |
| 9944 | |
| 9945 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 9946 if (*p_ruf) | |
| 9947 { | |
| 680 | 9948 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
| 9949 | |
| 9950 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 9951 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); |
| 680 | 9952 if (called_emsg) |
| 9953 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, | |
| 694 | 9954 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
| 680 | 9955 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 7 | 9956 return; |
| 9957 } | |
| 9958 #endif | |
| 9959 | |
| 9960 /* | |
| 9961 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). | |
| 9962 */ | |
| 9963 if (!(State & INSERT) | |
| 9964 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) | |
| 9965 empty_line = TRUE; | |
| 9966 | |
| 9967 /* | |
| 9968 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. | |
| 9969 */ | |
| 9970 validate_virtcol_win(wp); | |
| 9971 if ( redraw_cmdline | |
| 9972 || always | |
| 9973 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum | |
| 9974 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col | |
| 9975 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol | |
| 9976 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9977 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd | |
| 9978 #endif | |
| 9979 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline | |
| 9980 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count | |
| 9981 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9982 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill | |
| 9983 #endif | |
| 9984 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) | |
| 9985 { | |
| 9986 cursor_off(); | |
| 9987 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9988 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
| 9989 { | |
| 9990 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 9991 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 9992 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9993 off = W_WINCOL(wp); | |
| 9994 width = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 9995 # endif | |
| 9996 } | |
| 9997 else | |
| 9998 #endif | |
| 9999 { | |
| 10000 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 10001 fillchar = ' '; | |
| 10002 attr = 0; | |
| 10003 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10004 width = Columns; | |
| 10005 off = 0; | |
| 10006 #endif | |
| 10007 } | |
| 10008 | |
| 10009 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ | |
| 10010 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 10011 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) | |
| 10012 { | |
| 10013 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 10014 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); | |
| 10015 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; | |
| 10016 } | |
| 10017 | |
| 10018 /* | |
| 10019 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. | |
| 10020 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. | |
| 10021 */ | |
| 1869 | 10022 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", |
| 7 | 10023 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) |
| 10024 ? 0L | |
| 10025 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); | |
| 1869 | 10026 len = STRLEN(buffer); |
| 10027 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, | |
| 7 | 10028 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, |
| 10029 (int)virtcol + 1); | |
| 10030 | |
| 10031 /* | |
| 10032 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. | |
| 10033 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the | |
| 10034 * screen up on some terminals). | |
| 10035 */ | |
| 10036 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); | |
| 1869 | 10037 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); |
| 7 | 10038 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); |
| 10039 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10040 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ | |
| 10041 #endif | |
| 10042 ++o; | |
| 10043 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10044 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); | |
| 10045 if (this_ru_col < 0) | |
| 10046 this_ru_col = 0; | |
| 10047 #endif | |
| 10048 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other | |
| 10049 * half for the filename. */ | |
| 10050 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) | |
| 10051 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; | |
| 10052 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10053 { | |
| 10054 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10055 { | |
| 10056 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10057 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10058 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); | |
| 10059 else | |
| 10060 #endif | |
| 10061 buffer[i++] = fillchar; | |
| 10062 ++o; | |
| 10063 } | |
| 1869 | 10064 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); |
| 7 | 10065 } |
| 10066 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ | |
| 10067 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10068 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10069 { | |
| 10070 o = 0; | |
| 474 | 10071 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) |
| 7 | 10072 { |
| 10073 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); | |
| 10074 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10075 { | |
| 10076 buffer[i] = NUL; | |
| 10077 break; | |
| 10078 } | |
| 10079 } | |
| 10080 } | |
| 10081 else | |
| 10082 #endif | |
| 10083 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10084 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; | |
| 10085 | |
| 10086 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); | |
| 10087 i = redraw_cmdline; | |
| 10088 screen_fill(row, row + 1, | |
| 10089 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), | |
| 10090 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), | |
| 10091 fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 10092 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ | |
| 10093 redraw_cmdline = i; | |
| 10094 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; | |
| 10095 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 10096 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; | |
| 10097 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; | |
| 10098 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 10099 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 10100 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 10101 #endif | |
| 10102 } | |
| 10103 } | |
| 10104 #endif | |
| 13 | 10105 |
| 10106 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 10107 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10108 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10109 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. |
| 13 | 10110 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. |
| 10111 */ | |
| 10112 int | |
| 10113 number_width(wp) | |
| 10114 win_T *wp; | |
| 10115 { | |
| 10116 int n; | |
| 10117 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 10118 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10119 if (wp->w_p_nu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10120 /* 'number' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10121 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10122 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10123 /* 'relativenumber' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10124 lnum = wp->w_height; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10125 |
| 13 | 10126 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count) |
| 10127 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; | |
| 10128 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; | |
| 10129 | |
| 10130 n = 0; | |
| 10131 do | |
| 10132 { | |
| 856 | 10133 lnum /= 10; |
| 10134 ++n; | |
| 13 | 10135 } while (lnum > 0); |
| 10136 | |
| 10137 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ | |
| 10138 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) | |
| 10139 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; | |
| 10140 | |
| 10141 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; | |
| 10142 return n; | |
| 10143 } | |
| 10144 #endif |